1 | /* |
---|
2 | * tclCompCmds.c -- |
---|
3 | * |
---|
4 | * This file contains compilation procedures that compile various Tcl |
---|
5 | * commands into a sequence of instructions ("bytecodes"). |
---|
6 | * |
---|
7 | * Copyright (c) 1997-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
---|
8 | * Copyright (c) 2001 by Kevin B. Kenny. All rights reserved. |
---|
9 | * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation. |
---|
10 | * Copyright (c) 2004-2006 by Donal K. Fellows. |
---|
11 | * |
---|
12 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of |
---|
13 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. |
---|
14 | * |
---|
15 | * RCS: @(#) $Id: tclCompCmds.c,v 1.143 2008/03/16 17:00:43 dkf Exp $ |
---|
16 | */ |
---|
17 | |
---|
18 | #include "tclInt.h" |
---|
19 | #include "tclCompile.h" |
---|
20 | |
---|
21 | /* |
---|
22 | * Macro that encapsulates an efficiency trick that avoids a function call for |
---|
23 | * the simplest of compiles. The ANSI C "prototype" for this macro is: |
---|
24 | * |
---|
25 | * static void CompileWord(CompileEnv *envPtr, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, |
---|
26 | * Tcl_Interp *interp, int word); |
---|
27 | */ |
---|
28 | |
---|
29 | #define CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, word) \ |
---|
30 | if ((tokenPtr)->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { \ |
---|
31 | TclEmitPush(TclRegisterNewLiteral((envPtr), (tokenPtr)[1].start, \ |
---|
32 | (tokenPtr)[1].size), (envPtr)); \ |
---|
33 | } else { \ |
---|
34 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[word]; \ |
---|
35 | TclCompileTokens((interp), (tokenPtr)+1, (tokenPtr)->numComponents, \ |
---|
36 | (envPtr)); \ |
---|
37 | } |
---|
38 | |
---|
39 | /* |
---|
40 | * TIP #280: Remember the per-word line information of the current command. An |
---|
41 | * index is used instead of a pointer as recursive compilation may reallocate, |
---|
42 | * i.e. move, the array. This is also the reason to save the nuloc now, it may |
---|
43 | * change during the course of the function. |
---|
44 | * |
---|
45 | * Macro to encapsulate the variable definition and setup. |
---|
46 | */ |
---|
47 | |
---|
48 | #define DefineLineInformation \ |
---|
49 | ExtCmdLoc *mapPtr = envPtr->extCmdMapPtr; \ |
---|
50 | int eclIndex = mapPtr->nuloc - 1 |
---|
51 | |
---|
52 | /* |
---|
53 | * Convenience macro for use when compiling bodies of commands. The ANSI C |
---|
54 | * "prototype" for this macro is: |
---|
55 | * |
---|
56 | * static void CompileBody(CompileEnv *envPtr, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, |
---|
57 | * Tcl_Interp *interp); |
---|
58 | */ |
---|
59 | |
---|
60 | #define CompileBody(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp) \ |
---|
61 | TclCompileCmdWord((interp), (tokenPtr)+1, (tokenPtr)->numComponents, \ |
---|
62 | (envPtr)) |
---|
63 | |
---|
64 | /* |
---|
65 | * Convenience macro for use when compiling tokens to be pushed. The ANSI C |
---|
66 | * "prototype" for this macro is: |
---|
67 | * |
---|
68 | * static void CompileTokens(CompileEnv *envPtr, Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, |
---|
69 | * Tcl_Interp *interp); |
---|
70 | */ |
---|
71 | |
---|
72 | #define CompileTokens(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp) \ |
---|
73 | TclCompileTokens((interp), (tokenPtr)+1, (tokenPtr)->numComponents, \ |
---|
74 | (envPtr)); |
---|
75 | /* |
---|
76 | * Convenience macro for use when pushing literals. The ANSI C "prototype" for |
---|
77 | * this macro is: |
---|
78 | * |
---|
79 | * static void PushLiteral(CompileEnv *envPtr, |
---|
80 | * const char *string, int length); |
---|
81 | */ |
---|
82 | |
---|
83 | #define PushLiteral(envPtr, string, length) \ |
---|
84 | TclEmitPush(TclRegisterNewLiteral((envPtr), (string), (length)), (envPtr)) |
---|
85 | |
---|
86 | /* |
---|
87 | * Macro to advance to the next token; it is more mnemonic than the address |
---|
88 | * arithmetic that it replaces. The ANSI C "prototype" for this macro is: |
---|
89 | * |
---|
90 | * static Tcl_Token * TokenAfter(Tcl_Token *tokenPtr); |
---|
91 | */ |
---|
92 | |
---|
93 | #define TokenAfter(tokenPtr) \ |
---|
94 | ((tokenPtr) + ((tokenPtr)->numComponents + 1)) |
---|
95 | |
---|
96 | /* |
---|
97 | * Macro to get the offset to the next instruction to be issued. The ANSI C |
---|
98 | * "prototype" for this macro is: |
---|
99 | * |
---|
100 | * static int CurrentOffset(CompileEnv *envPtr); |
---|
101 | */ |
---|
102 | |
---|
103 | #define CurrentOffset(envPtr) \ |
---|
104 | ((envPtr)->codeNext - (envPtr)->codeStart) |
---|
105 | |
---|
106 | /* |
---|
107 | * Note: the exceptDepth is a bit of a misnomer: TEBC only needs the |
---|
108 | * maximal depth of nested CATCH ranges in order to alloc runtime |
---|
109 | * memory. These macros should compute precisely that? OTOH, the nesting depth |
---|
110 | * of LOOP ranges is an interesting datum for debugging purposes, and that is |
---|
111 | * what we compute now. |
---|
112 | * |
---|
113 | * static int DeclareExceptionRange(CompileEnv *envPtr, int type); |
---|
114 | * static int ExceptionRangeStarts(CompileEnv *envPtr, int index); |
---|
115 | * static void ExceptionRangeEnds(CompileEnv *envPtr, int index); |
---|
116 | * static void ExceptionRangeTarget(CompileEnv *envPtr, int index, LABEL); |
---|
117 | */ |
---|
118 | |
---|
119 | #define DeclareExceptionRange(envPtr, type) \ |
---|
120 | (TclCreateExceptRange((type), (envPtr))) |
---|
121 | #define ExceptionRangeStarts(envPtr, index) \ |
---|
122 | (((envPtr)->exceptDepth++), \ |
---|
123 | ((envPtr)->maxExceptDepth = \ |
---|
124 | TclMax((envPtr)->exceptDepth, (envPtr)->maxExceptDepth)), \ |
---|
125 | ((envPtr)->exceptArrayPtr[(index)].codeOffset = CurrentOffset(envPtr))) |
---|
126 | #define ExceptionRangeEnds(envPtr, index) \ |
---|
127 | (((envPtr)->exceptDepth--), \ |
---|
128 | ((envPtr)->exceptArrayPtr[(index)].numCodeBytes = \ |
---|
129 | CurrentOffset(envPtr) - (envPtr)->exceptArrayPtr[(index)].codeOffset)) |
---|
130 | #define ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, index, targetType) \ |
---|
131 | ((envPtr)->exceptArrayPtr[(index)].targetType = CurrentOffset(envPtr)) |
---|
132 | |
---|
133 | /* |
---|
134 | * Prototypes for procedures defined later in this file: |
---|
135 | */ |
---|
136 | |
---|
137 | static ClientData DupDictUpdateInfo(ClientData clientData); |
---|
138 | static void FreeDictUpdateInfo(ClientData clientData); |
---|
139 | static void PrintDictUpdateInfo(ClientData clientData, |
---|
140 | Tcl_Obj *appendObj, ByteCode *codePtr, |
---|
141 | unsigned int pcOffset); |
---|
142 | static ClientData DupForeachInfo(ClientData clientData); |
---|
143 | static void FreeForeachInfo(ClientData clientData); |
---|
144 | static void PrintForeachInfo(ClientData clientData, |
---|
145 | Tcl_Obj *appendObj, ByteCode *codePtr, |
---|
146 | unsigned int pcOffset); |
---|
147 | static ClientData DupJumptableInfo(ClientData clientData); |
---|
148 | static void FreeJumptableInfo(ClientData clientData); |
---|
149 | static void PrintJumptableInfo(ClientData clientData, |
---|
150 | Tcl_Obj *appendObj, ByteCode *codePtr, |
---|
151 | unsigned int pcOffset); |
---|
152 | static int PushVarName(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
153 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, CompileEnv *envPtr, |
---|
154 | int flags, int *localIndexPtr, |
---|
155 | int *simpleVarNamePtr, int *isScalarPtr, int line); |
---|
156 | static int CompileAssociativeBinaryOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
157 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, const char *identity, |
---|
158 | int instruction, CompileEnv *envPtr); |
---|
159 | static int CompileComparisonOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
160 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int instruction, |
---|
161 | CompileEnv *envPtr); |
---|
162 | static int CompileStrictlyBinaryOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
163 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int instruction, |
---|
164 | CompileEnv *envPtr); |
---|
165 | static int CompileUnaryOpCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
166 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, int instruction, |
---|
167 | CompileEnv *envPtr); |
---|
168 | static void CompileReturnInternal(CompileEnv *envPtr, |
---|
169 | unsigned char op, int code, int level, |
---|
170 | Tcl_Obj *returnOpts); |
---|
171 | |
---|
172 | /* |
---|
173 | * Flags bits used by PushVarName. |
---|
174 | */ |
---|
175 | |
---|
176 | #define TCL_CREATE_VAR 1 /* Create a compiled local if none is found */ |
---|
177 | #define TCL_NO_LARGE_INDEX 2 /* Do not return localIndex value > 255 */ |
---|
178 | |
---|
179 | /* |
---|
180 | * The structures below define the AuxData types defined in this file. |
---|
181 | */ |
---|
182 | |
---|
183 | AuxDataType tclForeachInfoType = { |
---|
184 | "ForeachInfo", /* name */ |
---|
185 | DupForeachInfo, /* dupProc */ |
---|
186 | FreeForeachInfo, /* freeProc */ |
---|
187 | PrintForeachInfo /* printProc */ |
---|
188 | }; |
---|
189 | |
---|
190 | AuxDataType tclJumptableInfoType = { |
---|
191 | "JumptableInfo", /* name */ |
---|
192 | DupJumptableInfo, /* dupProc */ |
---|
193 | FreeJumptableInfo, /* freeProc */ |
---|
194 | PrintJumptableInfo /* printProc */ |
---|
195 | }; |
---|
196 | |
---|
197 | AuxDataType tclDictUpdateInfoType = { |
---|
198 | "DictUpdateInfo", /* name */ |
---|
199 | DupDictUpdateInfo, /* dupProc */ |
---|
200 | FreeDictUpdateInfo, /* freeProc */ |
---|
201 | PrintDictUpdateInfo /* printProc */ |
---|
202 | }; |
---|
203 | |
---|
204 | /* |
---|
205 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
206 | * |
---|
207 | * TclCompileAppendCmd -- |
---|
208 | * |
---|
209 | * Procedure called to compile the "append" command. |
---|
210 | * |
---|
211 | * Results: |
---|
212 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
213 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
214 | * |
---|
215 | * Side effects: |
---|
216 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "append" command at |
---|
217 | * runtime. |
---|
218 | * |
---|
219 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
220 | */ |
---|
221 | |
---|
222 | int |
---|
223 | TclCompileAppendCmd( |
---|
224 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
225 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
226 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
227 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
228 | * compiled. */ |
---|
229 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
230 | { |
---|
231 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, *valueTokenPtr; |
---|
232 | int simpleVarName, isScalar, localIndex, numWords; |
---|
233 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
234 | |
---|
235 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
236 | if (numWords == 1) { |
---|
237 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
238 | } else if (numWords == 2) { |
---|
239 | /* |
---|
240 | * append varName == set varName |
---|
241 | */ |
---|
242 | |
---|
243 | return TclCompileSetCmd(interp, parsePtr, cmdPtr, envPtr); |
---|
244 | } else if (numWords > 3) { |
---|
245 | /* |
---|
246 | * APPEND instructions currently only handle one value. |
---|
247 | */ |
---|
248 | |
---|
249 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
250 | } |
---|
251 | |
---|
252 | /* |
---|
253 | * Decide if we can use a frame slot for the var/array name or if we need |
---|
254 | * to emit code to compute and push the name at runtime. We use a frame |
---|
255 | * slot (entry in the array of local vars) if we are compiling a procedure |
---|
256 | * body and if the name is simple text that does not include namespace |
---|
257 | * qualifiers. |
---|
258 | */ |
---|
259 | |
---|
260 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
261 | |
---|
262 | PushVarName(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr, TCL_CREATE_VAR, |
---|
263 | &localIndex, &simpleVarName, &isScalar, |
---|
264 | mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]); |
---|
265 | |
---|
266 | /* |
---|
267 | * We are doing an assignment, otherwise TclCompileSetCmd was called, so |
---|
268 | * push the new value. This will need to be extended to push a value for |
---|
269 | * each argument. |
---|
270 | */ |
---|
271 | |
---|
272 | if (numWords > 2) { |
---|
273 | valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
274 | CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 2); |
---|
275 | } |
---|
276 | |
---|
277 | /* |
---|
278 | * Emit instructions to set/get the variable. |
---|
279 | */ |
---|
280 | |
---|
281 | if (simpleVarName) { |
---|
282 | if (isScalar) { |
---|
283 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
284 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_APPEND_STK, envPtr); |
---|
285 | } else if (localIndex <= 255) { |
---|
286 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_APPEND_SCALAR1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
287 | } else { |
---|
288 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_APPEND_SCALAR4, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
289 | } |
---|
290 | } else { |
---|
291 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
292 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_APPEND_ARRAY_STK, envPtr); |
---|
293 | } else if (localIndex <= 255) { |
---|
294 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_APPEND_ARRAY1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
295 | } else { |
---|
296 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_APPEND_ARRAY4, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
297 | } |
---|
298 | } |
---|
299 | } else { |
---|
300 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_APPEND_STK, envPtr); |
---|
301 | } |
---|
302 | |
---|
303 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
304 | } |
---|
305 | |
---|
306 | /* |
---|
307 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
308 | * |
---|
309 | * TclCompileBreakCmd -- |
---|
310 | * |
---|
311 | * Procedure called to compile the "break" command. |
---|
312 | * |
---|
313 | * Results: |
---|
314 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
315 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
316 | * |
---|
317 | * Side effects: |
---|
318 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "break" command at |
---|
319 | * runtime. |
---|
320 | * |
---|
321 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
322 | */ |
---|
323 | |
---|
324 | int |
---|
325 | TclCompileBreakCmd( |
---|
326 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
327 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
328 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
329 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
330 | * compiled. */ |
---|
331 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
332 | { |
---|
333 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 1) { |
---|
334 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
335 | } |
---|
336 | |
---|
337 | /* |
---|
338 | * Emit a break instruction. |
---|
339 | */ |
---|
340 | |
---|
341 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_BREAK, envPtr); |
---|
342 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
343 | } |
---|
344 | |
---|
345 | /* |
---|
346 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
347 | * |
---|
348 | * TclCompileCatchCmd -- |
---|
349 | * |
---|
350 | * Procedure called to compile the "catch" command. |
---|
351 | * |
---|
352 | * Results: |
---|
353 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
354 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
355 | * |
---|
356 | * Side effects: |
---|
357 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "catch" command at |
---|
358 | * runtime. |
---|
359 | * |
---|
360 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
361 | */ |
---|
362 | |
---|
363 | int |
---|
364 | TclCompileCatchCmd( |
---|
365 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
366 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
367 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
368 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
369 | * compiled. */ |
---|
370 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
371 | { |
---|
372 | JumpFixup jumpFixup; |
---|
373 | Tcl_Token *cmdTokenPtr, *resultNameTokenPtr, *optsNameTokenPtr; |
---|
374 | const char *name; |
---|
375 | int resultIndex, optsIndex, nameChars, range; |
---|
376 | int savedStackDepth = envPtr->currStackDepth; |
---|
377 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
378 | |
---|
379 | /* |
---|
380 | * If syntax does not match what we expect for [catch], do not compile. |
---|
381 | * Let runtime checks determine if syntax has changed. |
---|
382 | */ |
---|
383 | |
---|
384 | if ((parsePtr->numWords < 2) || (parsePtr->numWords > 4)) { |
---|
385 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
386 | } |
---|
387 | |
---|
388 | /* |
---|
389 | * If variables were specified and the catch command is at global level |
---|
390 | * (not in a procedure), don't compile it inline: the payoff is too small. |
---|
391 | */ |
---|
392 | |
---|
393 | if ((parsePtr->numWords >= 3) && (envPtr->procPtr == NULL)) { |
---|
394 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
395 | } |
---|
396 | |
---|
397 | /* |
---|
398 | * Make sure the variable names, if any, have no substitutions and just |
---|
399 | * refer to local scalars. |
---|
400 | */ |
---|
401 | |
---|
402 | resultIndex = optsIndex = -1; |
---|
403 | cmdTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
404 | if (parsePtr->numWords >= 3) { |
---|
405 | resultNameTokenPtr = TokenAfter(cmdTokenPtr); |
---|
406 | /* DGP */ |
---|
407 | if (resultNameTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
408 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
409 | } |
---|
410 | |
---|
411 | name = resultNameTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
412 | nameChars = resultNameTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
413 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(name, nameChars)) { |
---|
414 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
415 | } |
---|
416 | resultIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(resultNameTokenPtr[1].start, |
---|
417 | resultNameTokenPtr[1].size, /*create*/ 1, envPtr->procPtr); |
---|
418 | |
---|
419 | /* DKF */ |
---|
420 | if (parsePtr->numWords == 4) { |
---|
421 | optsNameTokenPtr = TokenAfter(resultNameTokenPtr); |
---|
422 | if (optsNameTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
423 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
424 | } |
---|
425 | name = optsNameTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
426 | nameChars = optsNameTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
427 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(name, nameChars)) { |
---|
428 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
429 | } |
---|
430 | optsIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(optsNameTokenPtr[1].start, |
---|
431 | optsNameTokenPtr[1].size, /*create*/ 1, envPtr->procPtr); |
---|
432 | } |
---|
433 | } |
---|
434 | |
---|
435 | /* |
---|
436 | * We will compile the catch command. Emit a beginCatch instruction at the |
---|
437 | * start of the catch body: the subcommand it controls. |
---|
438 | */ |
---|
439 | |
---|
440 | range = DeclareExceptionRange(envPtr, CATCH_EXCEPTION_RANGE); |
---|
441 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_BEGIN_CATCH4, range, envPtr); |
---|
442 | |
---|
443 | /* |
---|
444 | * If the body is a simple word, compile the instructions to eval it. |
---|
445 | * Otherwise, compile instructions to substitute its text without |
---|
446 | * catching, a catch instruction that resets the stack to what it was |
---|
447 | * before substituting the body, and then an instruction to eval the body. |
---|
448 | * Care has to be taken to register the correct startOffset for the catch |
---|
449 | * range so that errors in the substitution are not catched [Bug 219184] |
---|
450 | */ |
---|
451 | |
---|
452 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]; |
---|
453 | if (cmdTokenPtr->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
454 | ExceptionRangeStarts(envPtr, range); |
---|
455 | CompileBody(envPtr, cmdTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
456 | ExceptionRangeEnds(envPtr, range); |
---|
457 | } else { |
---|
458 | CompileTokens(envPtr, cmdTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
459 | ExceptionRangeStarts(envPtr, range); |
---|
460 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_EVAL_STK, envPtr); |
---|
461 | ExceptionRangeEnds(envPtr, range); |
---|
462 | } |
---|
463 | |
---|
464 | /* |
---|
465 | * The "no errors" epilogue code: store the body's result into the |
---|
466 | * variable (if any), push "0" (TCL_OK) as the catch's "no error" result, |
---|
467 | * and jump around the "error case" code. Note that we issue the push of |
---|
468 | * the return options first so that if alterations happen to the current |
---|
469 | * interpreter state during the writing of the variable, we won't see |
---|
470 | * them; this results in a slightly complex instruction issuing flow |
---|
471 | * (can't exchange, only duplicate and pop). |
---|
472 | */ |
---|
473 | |
---|
474 | if (resultIndex != -1) { |
---|
475 | if (optsIndex != -1) { |
---|
476 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS, envPtr); |
---|
477 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_OVER, 1, envPtr); |
---|
478 | } |
---|
479 | if (resultIndex <= 255) { |
---|
480 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, resultIndex, envPtr); |
---|
481 | } else { |
---|
482 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, resultIndex, envPtr); |
---|
483 | } |
---|
484 | if (optsIndex != -1) { |
---|
485 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
486 | if (optsIndex <= 255) { |
---|
487 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, optsIndex, envPtr); |
---|
488 | } else { |
---|
489 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, optsIndex, envPtr); |
---|
490 | } |
---|
491 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
492 | } |
---|
493 | } |
---|
494 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
495 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "0", 1); |
---|
496 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP, &jumpFixup); |
---|
497 | |
---|
498 | /* |
---|
499 | * The "error case" code: store the body's result into the variable (if |
---|
500 | * any), then push the error result code. The initial PC offset here is |
---|
501 | * the catch's error target. Note that if we are saving the return |
---|
502 | * options, we do that first so the preservation cannot get affected by |
---|
503 | * any intermediate result handling. |
---|
504 | */ |
---|
505 | |
---|
506 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
507 | ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, range, catchOffset); |
---|
508 | if (resultIndex != -1) { |
---|
509 | if (optsIndex != -1) { |
---|
510 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS, envPtr); |
---|
511 | } |
---|
512 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_PUSH_RESULT, envPtr); |
---|
513 | if (resultIndex <= 255) { |
---|
514 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, resultIndex, envPtr); |
---|
515 | } else { |
---|
516 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, resultIndex, envPtr); |
---|
517 | } |
---|
518 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
519 | if (optsIndex != -1) { |
---|
520 | if (optsIndex <= 255) { |
---|
521 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, optsIndex, envPtr); |
---|
522 | } else { |
---|
523 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, optsIndex, envPtr); |
---|
524 | } |
---|
525 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
526 | } |
---|
527 | } |
---|
528 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_PUSH_RETURN_CODE, envPtr); |
---|
529 | |
---|
530 | /* |
---|
531 | * Update the target of the jump after the "no errors" code, then emit an |
---|
532 | * endCatch instruction at the end of the catch command. |
---|
533 | */ |
---|
534 | |
---|
535 | if (TclFixupForwardJumpToHere(envPtr, &jumpFixup, 127)) { |
---|
536 | Tcl_Panic("TclCompileCatchCmd: bad jump distance %d", |
---|
537 | CurrentOffset(envPtr) - jumpFixup.codeOffset); |
---|
538 | } |
---|
539 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_END_CATCH, envPtr); |
---|
540 | |
---|
541 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
542 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
543 | } |
---|
544 | |
---|
545 | /* |
---|
546 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
547 | * |
---|
548 | * TclCompileContinueCmd -- |
---|
549 | * |
---|
550 | * Procedure called to compile the "continue" command. |
---|
551 | * |
---|
552 | * Results: |
---|
553 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
554 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
555 | * |
---|
556 | * Side effects: |
---|
557 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "continue" command at |
---|
558 | * runtime. |
---|
559 | * |
---|
560 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
561 | */ |
---|
562 | |
---|
563 | int |
---|
564 | TclCompileContinueCmd( |
---|
565 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
566 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
567 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
568 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
569 | * compiled. */ |
---|
570 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
571 | { |
---|
572 | /* |
---|
573 | * There should be no argument after the "continue". |
---|
574 | */ |
---|
575 | |
---|
576 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 1) { |
---|
577 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
578 | } |
---|
579 | |
---|
580 | /* |
---|
581 | * Emit a continue instruction. |
---|
582 | */ |
---|
583 | |
---|
584 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_CONTINUE, envPtr); |
---|
585 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
586 | } |
---|
587 | |
---|
588 | /* |
---|
589 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
590 | * |
---|
591 | * TclCompileDict*Cmd -- |
---|
592 | * |
---|
593 | * Functions called to compile "dict" sucommands. |
---|
594 | * |
---|
595 | * Results: |
---|
596 | * All return TCL_OK for a successful compile, and TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
597 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
598 | * |
---|
599 | * Side effects: |
---|
600 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "dict" subcommand at |
---|
601 | * runtime. |
---|
602 | * |
---|
603 | * Notes: |
---|
604 | * The following commands are in fairly common use and are possibly worth |
---|
605 | * bytecoding: |
---|
606 | * dict append |
---|
607 | * dict create [*] |
---|
608 | * dict exists [*] |
---|
609 | * dict for |
---|
610 | * dict get [*] |
---|
611 | * dict incr |
---|
612 | * dict keys [*] |
---|
613 | * dict lappend |
---|
614 | * dict set |
---|
615 | * dict unset |
---|
616 | * |
---|
617 | * In practice, those that are pure-value operators (marked with [*]) can |
---|
618 | * probably be left alone (except perhaps [dict get] which is very very |
---|
619 | * common) and [dict update] should be considered instead (really big |
---|
620 | * win!) |
---|
621 | * |
---|
622 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
623 | */ |
---|
624 | |
---|
625 | int |
---|
626 | TclCompileDictSetCmd( |
---|
627 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for looking up stuff. */ |
---|
628 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
629 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
630 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
631 | * compiled. */ |
---|
632 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
633 | { |
---|
634 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
635 | int numWords, i; |
---|
636 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr; |
---|
637 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
638 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr; |
---|
639 | int dictVarIndex, nameChars; |
---|
640 | const char *name; |
---|
641 | |
---|
642 | /* |
---|
643 | * There must be at least one argument after the command. |
---|
644 | */ |
---|
645 | |
---|
646 | if (parsePtr->numWords < 4 || procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
647 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
648 | } |
---|
649 | |
---|
650 | /* |
---|
651 | * The dictionary variable must be a local scalar that is knowable at |
---|
652 | * compile time; anything else exceeds the complexity of the opcode. So |
---|
653 | * discover what the index is. |
---|
654 | */ |
---|
655 | |
---|
656 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
657 | if (varTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
658 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
659 | } |
---|
660 | name = varTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
661 | nameChars = varTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
662 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(name, nameChars)) { |
---|
663 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
664 | } |
---|
665 | dictVarIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(name, nameChars, 1, procPtr); |
---|
666 | |
---|
667 | /* |
---|
668 | * Remaining words (key path and value to set) can be handled normally. |
---|
669 | */ |
---|
670 | |
---|
671 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
672 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords-1; |
---|
673 | for (i=1 ; i<numWords ; i++) { |
---|
674 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, i); |
---|
675 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
676 | } |
---|
677 | |
---|
678 | /* |
---|
679 | * Now emit the instruction to do the dict manipulation. |
---|
680 | */ |
---|
681 | |
---|
682 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_SET, numWords-2, envPtr); |
---|
683 | TclEmitInt4( dictVarIndex, envPtr); |
---|
684 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
685 | } |
---|
686 | |
---|
687 | int |
---|
688 | TclCompileDictIncrCmd( |
---|
689 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for looking up stuff. */ |
---|
690 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
691 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
692 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
693 | * compiled. */ |
---|
694 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
695 | { |
---|
696 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr; |
---|
697 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
698 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, *keyTokenPtr; |
---|
699 | int dictVarIndex, nameChars, incrAmount; |
---|
700 | const char *name; |
---|
701 | |
---|
702 | /* |
---|
703 | * There must be at least two arguments after the command. |
---|
704 | */ |
---|
705 | |
---|
706 | if (parsePtr->numWords < 3 || parsePtr->numWords > 4 || procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
707 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
708 | } |
---|
709 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
710 | keyTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
711 | |
---|
712 | /* |
---|
713 | * Parse the increment amount, if present. |
---|
714 | */ |
---|
715 | |
---|
716 | if (parsePtr->numWords == 4) { |
---|
717 | const char *word; |
---|
718 | int numBytes, code; |
---|
719 | Tcl_Token *incrTokenPtr; |
---|
720 | Tcl_Obj *intObj; |
---|
721 | |
---|
722 | incrTokenPtr = TokenAfter(keyTokenPtr); |
---|
723 | if (incrTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
724 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
725 | } |
---|
726 | word = incrTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
727 | numBytes = incrTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
728 | |
---|
729 | intObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(word, numBytes); |
---|
730 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(intObj); |
---|
731 | code = TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, intObj, &incrAmount); |
---|
732 | TclDecrRefCount(intObj); |
---|
733 | if (code != TCL_OK) { |
---|
734 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
735 | } |
---|
736 | } else { |
---|
737 | incrAmount = 1; |
---|
738 | } |
---|
739 | |
---|
740 | /* |
---|
741 | * The dictionary variable must be a local scalar that is knowable at |
---|
742 | * compile time; anything else exceeds the complexity of the opcode. So |
---|
743 | * discover what the index is. |
---|
744 | */ |
---|
745 | |
---|
746 | if (varTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
747 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
748 | } |
---|
749 | name = varTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
750 | nameChars = varTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
751 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(name, nameChars)) { |
---|
752 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
753 | } |
---|
754 | dictVarIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(name, nameChars, 1, procPtr); |
---|
755 | |
---|
756 | /* |
---|
757 | * Emit the key and the code to actually do the increment. |
---|
758 | */ |
---|
759 | |
---|
760 | CompileWord(envPtr, keyTokenPtr, interp, 3); |
---|
761 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_INCR_IMM, incrAmount, envPtr); |
---|
762 | TclEmitInt4( dictVarIndex, envPtr); |
---|
763 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
764 | } |
---|
765 | |
---|
766 | int |
---|
767 | TclCompileDictGetCmd( |
---|
768 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for looking up stuff. */ |
---|
769 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
770 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
771 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
772 | * compiled. */ |
---|
773 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
774 | { |
---|
775 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
776 | int numWords, i; |
---|
777 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
778 | |
---|
779 | /* |
---|
780 | * There must be at least two arguments after the command (the single-arg |
---|
781 | * case is legal, but too special and magic for us to deal with here). |
---|
782 | */ |
---|
783 | |
---|
784 | if (parsePtr->numWords < 3) { |
---|
785 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
786 | } |
---|
787 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
788 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords-1; |
---|
789 | |
---|
790 | /* |
---|
791 | * Only compile this because we need INST_DICT_GET anyway. |
---|
792 | */ |
---|
793 | |
---|
794 | for (i=0 ; i<numWords ; i++) { |
---|
795 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, i); |
---|
796 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
797 | } |
---|
798 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_DICT_GET, numWords-1, envPtr); |
---|
799 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
800 | } |
---|
801 | |
---|
802 | int |
---|
803 | TclCompileDictForCmd( |
---|
804 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for looking up stuff. */ |
---|
805 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
806 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
807 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
808 | * compiled. */ |
---|
809 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
810 | { |
---|
811 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr; |
---|
812 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
813 | Tcl_Token *varsTokenPtr, *dictTokenPtr, *bodyTokenPtr; |
---|
814 | int keyVarIndex, valueVarIndex, nameChars, loopRange, catchRange; |
---|
815 | int infoIndex, jumpDisplacement, bodyTargetOffset, emptyTargetOffset; |
---|
816 | int numVars, endTargetOffset; |
---|
817 | int savedStackDepth = envPtr->currStackDepth; |
---|
818 | /* Needed because jumps confuse the stack |
---|
819 | * space calculator. */ |
---|
820 | const char **argv; |
---|
821 | Tcl_DString buffer; |
---|
822 | |
---|
823 | /* |
---|
824 | * There must be at least three argument after the command. |
---|
825 | */ |
---|
826 | |
---|
827 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 4 || procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
828 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
829 | } |
---|
830 | |
---|
831 | varsTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
832 | dictTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varsTokenPtr); |
---|
833 | bodyTokenPtr = TokenAfter(dictTokenPtr); |
---|
834 | if (varsTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD || |
---|
835 | bodyTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
836 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
837 | } |
---|
838 | |
---|
839 | /* |
---|
840 | * Check we've got a pair of variables and that they are local variables. |
---|
841 | * Then extract their indices in the LVT. |
---|
842 | */ |
---|
843 | |
---|
844 | Tcl_DStringInit(&buffer); |
---|
845 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&buffer, varsTokenPtr[1].start, varsTokenPtr[1].size); |
---|
846 | if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&buffer), &numVars, |
---|
847 | &argv) != TCL_OK) { |
---|
848 | Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer); |
---|
849 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
850 | } |
---|
851 | Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer); |
---|
852 | if (numVars != 2) { |
---|
853 | ckfree((char *) argv); |
---|
854 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
855 | } |
---|
856 | |
---|
857 | nameChars = strlen(argv[0]); |
---|
858 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(argv[0], nameChars)) { |
---|
859 | ckfree((char *) argv); |
---|
860 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
861 | } |
---|
862 | keyVarIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(argv[0], nameChars, 1, procPtr); |
---|
863 | |
---|
864 | nameChars = strlen(argv[1]); |
---|
865 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(argv[1], nameChars)) { |
---|
866 | ckfree((char *) argv); |
---|
867 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
868 | } |
---|
869 | valueVarIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(argv[1], nameChars, 1, procPtr); |
---|
870 | ckfree((char *) argv); |
---|
871 | |
---|
872 | /* |
---|
873 | * Allocate a temporary variable to store the iterator reference. The |
---|
874 | * variable will contain a Tcl_DictSearch reference which will be |
---|
875 | * allocated by INST_DICT_FIRST and disposed when the variable is unset |
---|
876 | * (at which point it should also have been finished with). |
---|
877 | */ |
---|
878 | |
---|
879 | infoIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(NULL, 0, 1, procPtr); |
---|
880 | |
---|
881 | /* |
---|
882 | * Preparation complete; issue instructions. Note that this code issues |
---|
883 | * fixed-sized jumps. That simplifies things a lot! |
---|
884 | * |
---|
885 | * First up, get the dictionary and start the iteration. No catching of |
---|
886 | * errors at this point. |
---|
887 | */ |
---|
888 | |
---|
889 | CompileWord(envPtr, dictTokenPtr, interp, 3); |
---|
890 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_FIRST, infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
891 | emptyTargetOffset = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
892 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_JUMP_TRUE4, 0, envPtr); |
---|
893 | |
---|
894 | /* |
---|
895 | * Now we catch errors from here on so that we can finalize the search |
---|
896 | * started by Tcl_DictObjFirst above. |
---|
897 | */ |
---|
898 | |
---|
899 | catchRange = DeclareExceptionRange(envPtr, CATCH_EXCEPTION_RANGE); |
---|
900 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_BEGIN_CATCH4, catchRange, envPtr); |
---|
901 | ExceptionRangeStarts(envPtr, catchRange); |
---|
902 | |
---|
903 | /* |
---|
904 | * Inside the iteration, write the loop variables. |
---|
905 | */ |
---|
906 | |
---|
907 | bodyTargetOffset = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
908 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_STORE_SCALAR4, keyVarIndex, envPtr); |
---|
909 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
910 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_STORE_SCALAR4, valueVarIndex, envPtr); |
---|
911 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
912 | |
---|
913 | /* |
---|
914 | * Set up the loop exception targets. |
---|
915 | */ |
---|
916 | |
---|
917 | loopRange = DeclareExceptionRange(envPtr, LOOP_EXCEPTION_RANGE); |
---|
918 | ExceptionRangeStarts(envPtr, loopRange); |
---|
919 | |
---|
920 | /* |
---|
921 | * Compile the loop body itself. It should be stack-neutral. |
---|
922 | */ |
---|
923 | |
---|
924 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[4]; |
---|
925 | CompileBody(envPtr, bodyTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
926 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
927 | |
---|
928 | /* |
---|
929 | * Both exception target ranges (error and loop) end here. |
---|
930 | */ |
---|
931 | |
---|
932 | ExceptionRangeEnds(envPtr, loopRange); |
---|
933 | ExceptionRangeEnds(envPtr, catchRange); |
---|
934 | |
---|
935 | /* |
---|
936 | * Continue (or just normally process) by getting the next pair of items |
---|
937 | * from the dictionary and jumping back to the code to write them into |
---|
938 | * variables if there is another pair. |
---|
939 | */ |
---|
940 | |
---|
941 | ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, loopRange, continueOffset); |
---|
942 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_NEXT, infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
943 | jumpDisplacement = bodyTargetOffset - CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
944 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_JUMP_FALSE4, jumpDisplacement, envPtr); |
---|
945 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
946 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
947 | |
---|
948 | /* |
---|
949 | * Now do the final cleanup for the no-error case (this is where we break |
---|
950 | * out of the loop to) by force-terminating the iteration (if not already |
---|
951 | * terminated), ditching the exception info and jumping to the last |
---|
952 | * instruction for this command. In theory, this could be done using the |
---|
953 | * "finally" clause (next generated) but this is faster. |
---|
954 | */ |
---|
955 | |
---|
956 | ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, loopRange, breakOffset); |
---|
957 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_DONE, infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
958 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_END_CATCH, envPtr); |
---|
959 | endTargetOffset = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
960 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_JUMP4, 0, envPtr); |
---|
961 | |
---|
962 | /* |
---|
963 | * Error handler "finally" clause, which force-terminates the iteration |
---|
964 | * and rethrows the error. |
---|
965 | */ |
---|
966 | |
---|
967 | ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, catchRange, catchOffset); |
---|
968 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS, envPtr); |
---|
969 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_PUSH_RESULT, envPtr); |
---|
970 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_DONE, infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
971 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_END_CATCH, envPtr); |
---|
972 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_RETURN_STK, envPtr); |
---|
973 | |
---|
974 | /* |
---|
975 | * Otherwise we're done (the jump after the DICT_FIRST points here) and we |
---|
976 | * need to pop the bogus key/value pair (pushed to keep stack calculations |
---|
977 | * easy!) Note that we skip the END_CATCH. [Bug 1382528] |
---|
978 | */ |
---|
979 | |
---|
980 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth+2; |
---|
981 | jumpDisplacement = CurrentOffset(envPtr) - emptyTargetOffset; |
---|
982 | TclUpdateInstInt4AtPc(INST_JUMP_TRUE4, jumpDisplacement, |
---|
983 | envPtr->codeStart + emptyTargetOffset); |
---|
984 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
985 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
986 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_DONE, infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
987 | |
---|
988 | /* |
---|
989 | * Final stage of the command (normal case) is that we push an empty |
---|
990 | * object. This is done last to promote peephole optimization when it's |
---|
991 | * dropped immediately. |
---|
992 | */ |
---|
993 | |
---|
994 | jumpDisplacement = CurrentOffset(envPtr) - endTargetOffset; |
---|
995 | TclUpdateInstInt4AtPc(INST_JUMP4, jumpDisplacement, |
---|
996 | envPtr->codeStart + endTargetOffset); |
---|
997 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
998 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
999 | } |
---|
1000 | |
---|
1001 | int |
---|
1002 | TclCompileDictUpdateCmd( |
---|
1003 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for looking up stuff. */ |
---|
1004 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
1005 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
1006 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
1007 | * compiled. */ |
---|
1008 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
1009 | { |
---|
1010 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr; |
---|
1011 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
1012 | const char *name; |
---|
1013 | int i, nameChars, dictIndex, numVars, range, infoIndex; |
---|
1014 | Tcl_Token **keyTokenPtrs, *dictVarTokenPtr, *bodyTokenPtr, *tokenPtr; |
---|
1015 | DictUpdateInfo *duiPtr; |
---|
1016 | JumpFixup jumpFixup; |
---|
1017 | |
---|
1018 | /* |
---|
1019 | * There must be at least one argument after the command. |
---|
1020 | */ |
---|
1021 | |
---|
1022 | if (parsePtr->numWords < 5 || procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
1023 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1024 | } |
---|
1025 | |
---|
1026 | /* |
---|
1027 | * Parse the command. Expect the following: |
---|
1028 | * dict update <lit(eral)> <any> <lit> ?<any> <lit> ...? <lit> |
---|
1029 | */ |
---|
1030 | |
---|
1031 | if ((parsePtr->numWords - 1) & 1) { |
---|
1032 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1033 | } |
---|
1034 | numVars = (parsePtr->numWords - 3) / 2; |
---|
1035 | |
---|
1036 | /* |
---|
1037 | * The dictionary variable must be a local scalar that is knowable at |
---|
1038 | * compile time; anything else exceeds the complexity of the opcode. So |
---|
1039 | * discover what the index is. |
---|
1040 | */ |
---|
1041 | |
---|
1042 | dictVarTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
1043 | if (dictVarTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
1044 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1045 | } |
---|
1046 | name = dictVarTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
1047 | nameChars = dictVarTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
1048 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(name, nameChars)) { |
---|
1049 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1050 | } |
---|
1051 | dictIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(name, nameChars, 1, procPtr); |
---|
1052 | |
---|
1053 | /* |
---|
1054 | * Assemble the instruction metadata. This is complex enough that it is |
---|
1055 | * represented as auxData; it holds an ordered list of variable indices |
---|
1056 | * that are to be used. |
---|
1057 | */ |
---|
1058 | |
---|
1059 | duiPtr = (DictUpdateInfo *) |
---|
1060 | ckalloc(sizeof(DictUpdateInfo) + sizeof(int) * (numVars - 1)); |
---|
1061 | duiPtr->length = numVars; |
---|
1062 | keyTokenPtrs = (Tcl_Token **) TclStackAlloc(interp, |
---|
1063 | sizeof(Tcl_Token *) * numVars); |
---|
1064 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(dictVarTokenPtr); |
---|
1065 | |
---|
1066 | for (i=0 ; i<numVars ; i++) { |
---|
1067 | /* |
---|
1068 | * Put keys to one side for later compilation to bytecode. |
---|
1069 | */ |
---|
1070 | |
---|
1071 | keyTokenPtrs[i] = tokenPtr; |
---|
1072 | |
---|
1073 | /* |
---|
1074 | * Variables first need to be checked for sanity. |
---|
1075 | */ |
---|
1076 | |
---|
1077 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
1078 | if (tokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
1079 | ckfree((char *) duiPtr); |
---|
1080 | TclStackFree(interp, keyTokenPtrs); |
---|
1081 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1082 | } |
---|
1083 | name = tokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
1084 | nameChars = tokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
1085 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(name, nameChars)) { |
---|
1086 | ckfree((char *) duiPtr); |
---|
1087 | TclStackFree(interp, keyTokenPtrs); |
---|
1088 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1089 | } |
---|
1090 | |
---|
1091 | /* |
---|
1092 | * Stash the index in the auxiliary data. |
---|
1093 | */ |
---|
1094 | |
---|
1095 | duiPtr->varIndices[i] = |
---|
1096 | TclFindCompiledLocal(name, nameChars, 1, procPtr); |
---|
1097 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
1098 | } |
---|
1099 | if (tokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
1100 | ckfree((char *) duiPtr); |
---|
1101 | TclStackFree(interp, keyTokenPtrs); |
---|
1102 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1103 | } |
---|
1104 | bodyTokenPtr = tokenPtr; |
---|
1105 | |
---|
1106 | /* |
---|
1107 | * The list of variables to bind is stored in auxiliary data so that it |
---|
1108 | * can't be snagged by literal sharing and forced to shimmer dangerously. |
---|
1109 | */ |
---|
1110 | |
---|
1111 | infoIndex = TclCreateAuxData(duiPtr, &tclDictUpdateInfoType, envPtr); |
---|
1112 | |
---|
1113 | for (i=0 ; i<numVars ; i++) { |
---|
1114 | CompileWord(envPtr, keyTokenPtrs[i], interp, i); |
---|
1115 | } |
---|
1116 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_LIST, numVars, envPtr); |
---|
1117 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_UPDATE_START, dictIndex, envPtr); |
---|
1118 | TclEmitInt4( infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
1119 | |
---|
1120 | range = DeclareExceptionRange(envPtr, CATCH_EXCEPTION_RANGE); |
---|
1121 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_BEGIN_CATCH4, range, envPtr); |
---|
1122 | |
---|
1123 | ExceptionRangeStarts(envPtr, range); |
---|
1124 | CompileBody(envPtr, bodyTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
1125 | ExceptionRangeEnds(envPtr, range); |
---|
1126 | |
---|
1127 | /* |
---|
1128 | * Normal termination code: the stack has the key list below the result of |
---|
1129 | * the body evaluation: swap them and finish the update code. |
---|
1130 | */ |
---|
1131 | |
---|
1132 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_END_CATCH, envPtr); |
---|
1133 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_REVERSE, 2, envPtr); |
---|
1134 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_UPDATE_END, dictIndex, envPtr); |
---|
1135 | TclEmitInt4( infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
1136 | |
---|
1137 | /* |
---|
1138 | * Jump around the exceptional termination code. |
---|
1139 | */ |
---|
1140 | |
---|
1141 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP, &jumpFixup); |
---|
1142 | |
---|
1143 | /* |
---|
1144 | * Termination code for non-ok returns: stash the result and return |
---|
1145 | * options in the stack, bring up the key list, finish the update code, |
---|
1146 | * and finally return with the catched return data |
---|
1147 | */ |
---|
1148 | |
---|
1149 | ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, range, catchOffset); |
---|
1150 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_PUSH_RESULT, envPtr); |
---|
1151 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_PUSH_RETURN_OPTIONS, envPtr); |
---|
1152 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_END_CATCH, envPtr); |
---|
1153 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_REVERSE, 3, envPtr); |
---|
1154 | |
---|
1155 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_UPDATE_END, dictIndex, envPtr); |
---|
1156 | TclEmitInt4( infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
1157 | TclEmitOpcode( INST_RETURN_STK, envPtr); |
---|
1158 | |
---|
1159 | if (TclFixupForwardJumpToHere(envPtr, &jumpFixup, 127)) { |
---|
1160 | Tcl_Panic("TclCompileDictCmd(update): bad jump distance %d", |
---|
1161 | CurrentOffset(envPtr) - jumpFixup.codeOffset); |
---|
1162 | } |
---|
1163 | TclStackFree(interp, keyTokenPtrs); |
---|
1164 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
1165 | } |
---|
1166 | |
---|
1167 | int |
---|
1168 | TclCompileDictAppendCmd( |
---|
1169 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for looking up stuff. */ |
---|
1170 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
1171 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
1172 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
1173 | * compiled. */ |
---|
1174 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
1175 | { |
---|
1176 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr; |
---|
1177 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
1178 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
1179 | int i, dictVarIndex; |
---|
1180 | |
---|
1181 | /* |
---|
1182 | * There must be at least two argument after the command. And we impose an |
---|
1183 | * (arbirary) safe limit; anyone exceeding it should stop worrying about |
---|
1184 | * speed quite so much. ;-) |
---|
1185 | */ |
---|
1186 | |
---|
1187 | if (parsePtr->numWords<4 || parsePtr->numWords>100 || procPtr==NULL) { |
---|
1188 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1189 | } |
---|
1190 | |
---|
1191 | /* |
---|
1192 | * Get the index of the local variable that we will be working with. |
---|
1193 | */ |
---|
1194 | |
---|
1195 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
1196 | if (tokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
1197 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1198 | } else { |
---|
1199 | register const char *name = tokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
1200 | register int nameChars = tokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
1201 | |
---|
1202 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(name, nameChars)) { |
---|
1203 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1204 | } |
---|
1205 | dictVarIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(name, nameChars, 1, procPtr); |
---|
1206 | } |
---|
1207 | |
---|
1208 | /* |
---|
1209 | * Produce the string to concatenate onto the dictionary entry. |
---|
1210 | */ |
---|
1211 | |
---|
1212 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
1213 | for (i=2 ; i<parsePtr->numWords ; i++) { |
---|
1214 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, i); |
---|
1215 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
1216 | } |
---|
1217 | if (parsePtr->numWords > 4) { |
---|
1218 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_CONCAT1, parsePtr->numWords-2, envPtr); |
---|
1219 | } |
---|
1220 | |
---|
1221 | /* |
---|
1222 | * Do the concatenation. |
---|
1223 | */ |
---|
1224 | |
---|
1225 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_DICT_APPEND, dictVarIndex, envPtr); |
---|
1226 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
1227 | } |
---|
1228 | |
---|
1229 | int |
---|
1230 | TclCompileDictLappendCmd( |
---|
1231 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for looking up stuff. */ |
---|
1232 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
1233 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
1234 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
1235 | * compiled. */ |
---|
1236 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
1237 | { |
---|
1238 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr; |
---|
1239 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
1240 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, *keyTokenPtr, *valueTokenPtr; |
---|
1241 | int dictVarIndex, nameChars; |
---|
1242 | const char *name; |
---|
1243 | |
---|
1244 | /* |
---|
1245 | * There must be three arguments after the command. |
---|
1246 | */ |
---|
1247 | |
---|
1248 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 4 || procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
1249 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1250 | } |
---|
1251 | |
---|
1252 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
1253 | keyTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
1254 | valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(keyTokenPtr); |
---|
1255 | if (varTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
1256 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1257 | } |
---|
1258 | name = varTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
1259 | nameChars = varTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
1260 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(name, nameChars)) { |
---|
1261 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1262 | } |
---|
1263 | dictVarIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(name, nameChars, 1, procPtr); |
---|
1264 | CompileWord(envPtr, keyTokenPtr, interp, 3); |
---|
1265 | CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 4); |
---|
1266 | TclEmitInstInt4( INST_DICT_LAPPEND, dictVarIndex, envPtr); |
---|
1267 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
1268 | } |
---|
1269 | |
---|
1270 | /* |
---|
1271 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1272 | * |
---|
1273 | * DupDictUpdateInfo, FreeDictUpdateInfo -- |
---|
1274 | * |
---|
1275 | * Functions to duplicate, release and print the aux data created for use |
---|
1276 | * with the INST_DICT_UPDATE_START and INST_DICT_UPDATE_END instructions. |
---|
1277 | * |
---|
1278 | * Results: |
---|
1279 | * DupDictUpdateInfo: a copy of the auxiliary data |
---|
1280 | * FreeDictUpdateInfo: none |
---|
1281 | * PrintDictUpdateInfo: none |
---|
1282 | * |
---|
1283 | * Side effects: |
---|
1284 | * DupDictUpdateInfo: allocates memory |
---|
1285 | * FreeDictUpdateInfo: releases memory |
---|
1286 | * PrintDictUpdateInfo: none |
---|
1287 | * |
---|
1288 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1289 | */ |
---|
1290 | |
---|
1291 | static ClientData |
---|
1292 | DupDictUpdateInfo( |
---|
1293 | ClientData clientData) |
---|
1294 | { |
---|
1295 | DictUpdateInfo *dui1Ptr, *dui2Ptr; |
---|
1296 | unsigned len; |
---|
1297 | |
---|
1298 | dui1Ptr = clientData; |
---|
1299 | len = sizeof(DictUpdateInfo) + sizeof(int) * (dui1Ptr->length - 1); |
---|
1300 | dui2Ptr = (DictUpdateInfo *) ckalloc(len); |
---|
1301 | memcpy(dui2Ptr, dui1Ptr, len); |
---|
1302 | return dui2Ptr; |
---|
1303 | } |
---|
1304 | |
---|
1305 | static void |
---|
1306 | FreeDictUpdateInfo( |
---|
1307 | ClientData clientData) |
---|
1308 | { |
---|
1309 | ckfree(clientData); |
---|
1310 | } |
---|
1311 | |
---|
1312 | static void |
---|
1313 | PrintDictUpdateInfo( |
---|
1314 | ClientData clientData, |
---|
1315 | Tcl_Obj *appendObj, |
---|
1316 | ByteCode *codePtr, |
---|
1317 | unsigned int pcOffset) |
---|
1318 | { |
---|
1319 | DictUpdateInfo *duiPtr = clientData; |
---|
1320 | int i; |
---|
1321 | |
---|
1322 | for (i=0 ; i<duiPtr->length ; i++) { |
---|
1323 | if (i) { |
---|
1324 | Tcl_AppendToObj(appendObj, ", ", -1); |
---|
1325 | } |
---|
1326 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(appendObj, "%%v%u", duiPtr->varIndices[i]); |
---|
1327 | } |
---|
1328 | } |
---|
1329 | |
---|
1330 | /* |
---|
1331 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1332 | * |
---|
1333 | * TclCompileExprCmd -- |
---|
1334 | * |
---|
1335 | * Procedure called to compile the "expr" command. |
---|
1336 | * |
---|
1337 | * Results: |
---|
1338 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
1339 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
1340 | * |
---|
1341 | * Side effects: |
---|
1342 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "expr" command at |
---|
1343 | * runtime. |
---|
1344 | * |
---|
1345 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1346 | */ |
---|
1347 | |
---|
1348 | int |
---|
1349 | TclCompileExprCmd( |
---|
1350 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
1351 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
1352 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
1353 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
1354 | * compiled. */ |
---|
1355 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
1356 | { |
---|
1357 | Tcl_Token *firstWordPtr; |
---|
1358 | |
---|
1359 | if (parsePtr->numWords == 1) { |
---|
1360 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1361 | } |
---|
1362 | |
---|
1363 | /* |
---|
1364 | * TIP #280: Use the per-word line information of the current command. |
---|
1365 | */ |
---|
1366 | |
---|
1367 | envPtr->line = envPtr->extCmdMapPtr->loc[ |
---|
1368 | envPtr->extCmdMapPtr->nuloc-1].line[1]; |
---|
1369 | |
---|
1370 | firstWordPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
1371 | TclCompileExprWords(interp, firstWordPtr, parsePtr->numWords-1, envPtr); |
---|
1372 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
1373 | } |
---|
1374 | |
---|
1375 | /* |
---|
1376 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1377 | * |
---|
1378 | * TclCompileForCmd -- |
---|
1379 | * |
---|
1380 | * Procedure called to compile the "for" command. |
---|
1381 | * |
---|
1382 | * Results: |
---|
1383 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
1384 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
1385 | * |
---|
1386 | * Side effects: |
---|
1387 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "for" command at |
---|
1388 | * runtime. |
---|
1389 | * |
---|
1390 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1391 | */ |
---|
1392 | |
---|
1393 | int |
---|
1394 | TclCompileForCmd( |
---|
1395 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
1396 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
1397 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
1398 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
1399 | * compiled. */ |
---|
1400 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
1401 | { |
---|
1402 | Tcl_Token *startTokenPtr, *testTokenPtr, *nextTokenPtr, *bodyTokenPtr; |
---|
1403 | JumpFixup jumpEvalCondFixup; |
---|
1404 | int testCodeOffset, bodyCodeOffset, nextCodeOffset, jumpDist; |
---|
1405 | int bodyRange, nextRange; |
---|
1406 | int savedStackDepth = envPtr->currStackDepth; |
---|
1407 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
1408 | |
---|
1409 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 5) { |
---|
1410 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1411 | } |
---|
1412 | |
---|
1413 | /* |
---|
1414 | * If the test expression requires substitutions, don't compile the for |
---|
1415 | * command inline. E.g., the expression might cause the loop to never |
---|
1416 | * execute or execute forever, as in "for {} "$x > 5" {incr x} {}". |
---|
1417 | */ |
---|
1418 | |
---|
1419 | startTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
1420 | testTokenPtr = TokenAfter(startTokenPtr); |
---|
1421 | if (testTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
1422 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1423 | } |
---|
1424 | |
---|
1425 | /* |
---|
1426 | * Bail out also if the body or the next expression require substitutions |
---|
1427 | * in order to insure correct behaviour [Bug 219166] |
---|
1428 | */ |
---|
1429 | |
---|
1430 | nextTokenPtr = TokenAfter(testTokenPtr); |
---|
1431 | bodyTokenPtr = TokenAfter(nextTokenPtr); |
---|
1432 | if ((nextTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) |
---|
1433 | || (bodyTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD)) { |
---|
1434 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1435 | } |
---|
1436 | |
---|
1437 | /* |
---|
1438 | * Create ExceptionRange records for the body and the "next" command. The |
---|
1439 | * "next" command's ExceptionRange supports break but not continue (and |
---|
1440 | * has a -1 continueOffset). |
---|
1441 | */ |
---|
1442 | |
---|
1443 | bodyRange = DeclareExceptionRange(envPtr, LOOP_EXCEPTION_RANGE); |
---|
1444 | nextRange = TclCreateExceptRange(LOOP_EXCEPTION_RANGE, envPtr); |
---|
1445 | |
---|
1446 | /* |
---|
1447 | * Inline compile the initial command. |
---|
1448 | */ |
---|
1449 | |
---|
1450 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]; |
---|
1451 | CompileBody(envPtr, startTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
1452 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
1453 | |
---|
1454 | /* |
---|
1455 | * Jump to the evaluation of the condition. This code uses the "loop |
---|
1456 | * rotation" optimisation (which eliminates one branch from the loop). |
---|
1457 | * "for start cond next body" produces then: |
---|
1458 | * start |
---|
1459 | * goto A |
---|
1460 | * B: body : bodyCodeOffset |
---|
1461 | * next : nextCodeOffset, continueOffset |
---|
1462 | * A: cond -> result : testCodeOffset |
---|
1463 | * if (result) goto B |
---|
1464 | */ |
---|
1465 | |
---|
1466 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP, &jumpEvalCondFixup); |
---|
1467 | |
---|
1468 | /* |
---|
1469 | * Compile the loop body. |
---|
1470 | */ |
---|
1471 | |
---|
1472 | bodyCodeOffset = ExceptionRangeStarts(envPtr, bodyRange); |
---|
1473 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[4]; |
---|
1474 | CompileBody(envPtr, bodyTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
1475 | ExceptionRangeEnds(envPtr, bodyRange); |
---|
1476 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
1477 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
1478 | |
---|
1479 | /* |
---|
1480 | * Compile the "next" subcommand. |
---|
1481 | */ |
---|
1482 | |
---|
1483 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
1484 | nextCodeOffset = ExceptionRangeStarts(envPtr, nextRange); |
---|
1485 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[3]; |
---|
1486 | CompileBody(envPtr, nextTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
1487 | ExceptionRangeEnds(envPtr, nextRange); |
---|
1488 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
1489 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
1490 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
1491 | |
---|
1492 | /* |
---|
1493 | * Compile the test expression then emit the conditional jump that |
---|
1494 | * terminates the for. |
---|
1495 | */ |
---|
1496 | |
---|
1497 | testCodeOffset = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
1498 | |
---|
1499 | jumpDist = testCodeOffset - jumpEvalCondFixup.codeOffset; |
---|
1500 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr, &jumpEvalCondFixup, jumpDist, 127)) { |
---|
1501 | bodyCodeOffset += 3; |
---|
1502 | nextCodeOffset += 3; |
---|
1503 | testCodeOffset += 3; |
---|
1504 | } |
---|
1505 | |
---|
1506 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[2]; |
---|
1507 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
1508 | TclCompileExprWords(interp, testTokenPtr, 1, envPtr); |
---|
1509 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
1510 | |
---|
1511 | jumpDist = CurrentOffset(envPtr) - bodyCodeOffset; |
---|
1512 | if (jumpDist > 127) { |
---|
1513 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_JUMP_TRUE4, -jumpDist, envPtr); |
---|
1514 | } else { |
---|
1515 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP_TRUE1, -jumpDist, envPtr); |
---|
1516 | } |
---|
1517 | |
---|
1518 | /* |
---|
1519 | * Fix the starting points of the exception ranges (may have moved due to |
---|
1520 | * jump type modification) and set where the exceptions target. |
---|
1521 | */ |
---|
1522 | |
---|
1523 | envPtr->exceptArrayPtr[bodyRange].codeOffset = bodyCodeOffset; |
---|
1524 | envPtr->exceptArrayPtr[bodyRange].continueOffset = nextCodeOffset; |
---|
1525 | |
---|
1526 | envPtr->exceptArrayPtr[nextRange].codeOffset = nextCodeOffset; |
---|
1527 | |
---|
1528 | ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, bodyRange, breakOffset); |
---|
1529 | ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, nextRange, breakOffset); |
---|
1530 | |
---|
1531 | /* |
---|
1532 | * The for command's result is an empty string. |
---|
1533 | */ |
---|
1534 | |
---|
1535 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
1536 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
1537 | |
---|
1538 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
1539 | } |
---|
1540 | |
---|
1541 | /* |
---|
1542 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1543 | * |
---|
1544 | * TclCompileForeachCmd -- |
---|
1545 | * |
---|
1546 | * Procedure called to compile the "foreach" command. |
---|
1547 | * |
---|
1548 | * Results: |
---|
1549 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
1550 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
1551 | * |
---|
1552 | * Side effects: |
---|
1553 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "foreach" command at |
---|
1554 | * runtime. |
---|
1555 | * |
---|
1556 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1557 | */ |
---|
1558 | |
---|
1559 | int |
---|
1560 | TclCompileForeachCmd( |
---|
1561 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
1562 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
1563 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
1564 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
1565 | * compiled. */ |
---|
1566 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
1567 | { |
---|
1568 | Proc *procPtr = envPtr->procPtr; |
---|
1569 | ForeachInfo *infoPtr; /* Points to the structure describing this |
---|
1570 | * foreach command. Stored in a AuxData |
---|
1571 | * record in the ByteCode. */ |
---|
1572 | int firstValueTemp; /* Index of the first temp var in the frame |
---|
1573 | * used to point to a value list. */ |
---|
1574 | int loopCtTemp; /* Index of temp var holding the loop's |
---|
1575 | * iteration count. */ |
---|
1576 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *bodyTokenPtr; |
---|
1577 | unsigned char *jumpPc; |
---|
1578 | JumpFixup jumpFalseFixup; |
---|
1579 | int jumpBackDist, jumpBackOffset, infoIndex, range, bodyIndex; |
---|
1580 | int numWords, numLists, numVars, loopIndex, tempVar, i, j, code; |
---|
1581 | int savedStackDepth = envPtr->currStackDepth; |
---|
1582 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
1583 | |
---|
1584 | /* |
---|
1585 | * We parse the variable list argument words and create two arrays: |
---|
1586 | * varcList[i] is number of variables in i-th var list. |
---|
1587 | * varvList[i] points to array of var names in i-th var list. |
---|
1588 | */ |
---|
1589 | |
---|
1590 | int *varcList; |
---|
1591 | const char ***varvList; |
---|
1592 | |
---|
1593 | /* |
---|
1594 | * If the foreach command isn't in a procedure, don't compile it inline: |
---|
1595 | * the payoff is too small. |
---|
1596 | */ |
---|
1597 | |
---|
1598 | if (procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
1599 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1600 | } |
---|
1601 | |
---|
1602 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
1603 | if ((numWords < 4) || (numWords%2 != 0)) { |
---|
1604 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1605 | } |
---|
1606 | |
---|
1607 | /* |
---|
1608 | * Bail out if the body requires substitutions in order to insure correct |
---|
1609 | * behaviour. [Bug 219166] |
---|
1610 | */ |
---|
1611 | |
---|
1612 | for (i = 0, tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; i < numWords-1; i++) { |
---|
1613 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
1614 | } |
---|
1615 | bodyTokenPtr = tokenPtr; |
---|
1616 | if (bodyTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
1617 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1618 | } |
---|
1619 | |
---|
1620 | bodyIndex = i-1; |
---|
1621 | |
---|
1622 | /* |
---|
1623 | * Allocate storage for the varcList and varvList arrays if necessary. |
---|
1624 | */ |
---|
1625 | |
---|
1626 | numLists = (numWords - 2)/2; |
---|
1627 | varcList = (int *) TclStackAlloc(interp, numLists * sizeof(int)); |
---|
1628 | memset(varcList, 0, numLists * sizeof(int)); |
---|
1629 | varvList = (const char ***) TclStackAlloc(interp, |
---|
1630 | numLists * sizeof(const char **)); |
---|
1631 | memset((char*) varvList, 0, numLists * sizeof(const char **)); |
---|
1632 | |
---|
1633 | /* |
---|
1634 | * Break up each var list and set the varcList and varvList arrays. Don't |
---|
1635 | * compile the foreach inline if any var name needs substitutions or isn't |
---|
1636 | * a scalar, or if any var list needs substitutions. |
---|
1637 | */ |
---|
1638 | |
---|
1639 | loopIndex = 0; |
---|
1640 | for (i = 0, tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; |
---|
1641 | i < numWords-1; |
---|
1642 | i++, tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr)) { |
---|
1643 | Tcl_DString varList; |
---|
1644 | |
---|
1645 | if (i%2 != 1) { |
---|
1646 | continue; |
---|
1647 | } |
---|
1648 | if (tokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
1649 | code = TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1650 | goto done; |
---|
1651 | } |
---|
1652 | |
---|
1653 | /* |
---|
1654 | * Lots of copying going on here. Need a ListObj wizard to show a |
---|
1655 | * better way. |
---|
1656 | */ |
---|
1657 | |
---|
1658 | Tcl_DStringInit(&varList); |
---|
1659 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&varList, tokenPtr[1].start, tokenPtr[1].size); |
---|
1660 | code = Tcl_SplitList(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&varList), |
---|
1661 | &varcList[loopIndex], &varvList[loopIndex]); |
---|
1662 | Tcl_DStringFree(&varList); |
---|
1663 | if (code != TCL_OK) { |
---|
1664 | code = TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1665 | goto done; |
---|
1666 | } |
---|
1667 | numVars = varcList[loopIndex]; |
---|
1668 | |
---|
1669 | /* |
---|
1670 | * If the variable list is empty, we can enter an infinite loop when |
---|
1671 | * the interpreted version would not. Take care to ensure this does |
---|
1672 | * not happen. [Bug 1671138] |
---|
1673 | */ |
---|
1674 | |
---|
1675 | if (numVars == 0) { |
---|
1676 | code = TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1677 | goto done; |
---|
1678 | } |
---|
1679 | |
---|
1680 | for (j = 0; j < numVars; j++) { |
---|
1681 | const char *varName = varvList[loopIndex][j]; |
---|
1682 | |
---|
1683 | if (!TclIsLocalScalar(varName, (int) strlen(varName))) { |
---|
1684 | code = TCL_ERROR; |
---|
1685 | goto done; |
---|
1686 | } |
---|
1687 | } |
---|
1688 | loopIndex++; |
---|
1689 | } |
---|
1690 | |
---|
1691 | /* |
---|
1692 | * We will compile the foreach command. Reserve (numLists + 1) temporary |
---|
1693 | * variables: |
---|
1694 | * - numLists temps to hold each value list |
---|
1695 | * - 1 temp for the loop counter (index of next element in each list) |
---|
1696 | * |
---|
1697 | * At this time we don't try to reuse temporaries; if there are two |
---|
1698 | * nonoverlapping foreach loops, they don't share any temps. |
---|
1699 | */ |
---|
1700 | |
---|
1701 | code = TCL_OK; |
---|
1702 | firstValueTemp = -1; |
---|
1703 | for (loopIndex = 0; loopIndex < numLists; loopIndex++) { |
---|
1704 | tempVar = TclFindCompiledLocal(NULL, /*nameChars*/ 0, |
---|
1705 | /*create*/ 1, procPtr); |
---|
1706 | if (loopIndex == 0) { |
---|
1707 | firstValueTemp = tempVar; |
---|
1708 | } |
---|
1709 | } |
---|
1710 | loopCtTemp = TclFindCompiledLocal(NULL, /*nameChars*/ 0, |
---|
1711 | /*create*/ 1, procPtr); |
---|
1712 | |
---|
1713 | /* |
---|
1714 | * Create and initialize the ForeachInfo and ForeachVarList data |
---|
1715 | * structures describing this command. Then create a AuxData record |
---|
1716 | * pointing to the ForeachInfo structure. |
---|
1717 | */ |
---|
1718 | |
---|
1719 | infoPtr = (ForeachInfo *) ckalloc((unsigned) |
---|
1720 | sizeof(ForeachInfo) + numLists*sizeof(ForeachVarList *)); |
---|
1721 | infoPtr->numLists = numLists; |
---|
1722 | infoPtr->firstValueTemp = firstValueTemp; |
---|
1723 | infoPtr->loopCtTemp = loopCtTemp; |
---|
1724 | for (loopIndex = 0; loopIndex < numLists; loopIndex++) { |
---|
1725 | ForeachVarList *varListPtr; |
---|
1726 | numVars = varcList[loopIndex]; |
---|
1727 | varListPtr = (ForeachVarList *) ckalloc((unsigned) |
---|
1728 | sizeof(ForeachVarList) + numVars*sizeof(int)); |
---|
1729 | varListPtr->numVars = numVars; |
---|
1730 | for (j = 0; j < numVars; j++) { |
---|
1731 | const char *varName = varvList[loopIndex][j]; |
---|
1732 | int nameChars = strlen(varName); |
---|
1733 | |
---|
1734 | varListPtr->varIndexes[j] = TclFindCompiledLocal(varName, |
---|
1735 | nameChars, /*create*/ 1, procPtr); |
---|
1736 | } |
---|
1737 | infoPtr->varLists[loopIndex] = varListPtr; |
---|
1738 | } |
---|
1739 | infoIndex = TclCreateAuxData(infoPtr, &tclForeachInfoType, envPtr); |
---|
1740 | |
---|
1741 | /* |
---|
1742 | * Create an exception record to handle [break] and [continue]. |
---|
1743 | */ |
---|
1744 | |
---|
1745 | range = DeclareExceptionRange(envPtr, LOOP_EXCEPTION_RANGE); |
---|
1746 | |
---|
1747 | /* |
---|
1748 | * Evaluate then store each value list in the associated temporary. |
---|
1749 | */ |
---|
1750 | |
---|
1751 | loopIndex = 0; |
---|
1752 | for (i = 0, tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; |
---|
1753 | i < numWords-1; |
---|
1754 | i++, tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr)) { |
---|
1755 | if ((i%2 == 0) && (i > 0)) { |
---|
1756 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[i]; |
---|
1757 | CompileTokens(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp); |
---|
1758 | tempVar = (firstValueTemp + loopIndex); |
---|
1759 | if (tempVar <= 255) { |
---|
1760 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, tempVar, envPtr); |
---|
1761 | } else { |
---|
1762 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, tempVar, envPtr); |
---|
1763 | } |
---|
1764 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
1765 | loopIndex++; |
---|
1766 | } |
---|
1767 | } |
---|
1768 | |
---|
1769 | /* |
---|
1770 | * Initialize the temporary var that holds the count of loop iterations. |
---|
1771 | */ |
---|
1772 | |
---|
1773 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_FOREACH_START4, infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
1774 | |
---|
1775 | /* |
---|
1776 | * Top of loop code: assign each loop variable and check whether |
---|
1777 | * to terminate the loop. |
---|
1778 | */ |
---|
1779 | |
---|
1780 | ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, range, continueOffset); |
---|
1781 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_FOREACH_STEP4, infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
1782 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_FALSE_JUMP, &jumpFalseFixup); |
---|
1783 | |
---|
1784 | /* |
---|
1785 | * Inline compile the loop body. |
---|
1786 | */ |
---|
1787 | |
---|
1788 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[bodyIndex]; |
---|
1789 | ExceptionRangeStarts(envPtr, range); |
---|
1790 | CompileBody(envPtr, bodyTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
1791 | ExceptionRangeEnds(envPtr, range); |
---|
1792 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
1793 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
1794 | |
---|
1795 | /* |
---|
1796 | * Jump back to the test at the top of the loop. Generate a 4 byte jump if |
---|
1797 | * the distance to the test is > 120 bytes. This is conservative and |
---|
1798 | * ensures that we won't have to replace this jump if we later need to |
---|
1799 | * replace the ifFalse jump with a 4 byte jump. |
---|
1800 | */ |
---|
1801 | |
---|
1802 | jumpBackOffset = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
1803 | jumpBackDist = jumpBackOffset-envPtr->exceptArrayPtr[range].continueOffset; |
---|
1804 | if (jumpBackDist > 120) { |
---|
1805 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_JUMP4, -jumpBackDist, envPtr); |
---|
1806 | } else { |
---|
1807 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP1, -jumpBackDist, envPtr); |
---|
1808 | } |
---|
1809 | |
---|
1810 | /* |
---|
1811 | * Fix the target of the jump after the foreach_step test. |
---|
1812 | */ |
---|
1813 | |
---|
1814 | if (TclFixupForwardJumpToHere(envPtr, &jumpFalseFixup, 127)) { |
---|
1815 | /* |
---|
1816 | * Update the loop body's starting PC offset since it moved down. |
---|
1817 | */ |
---|
1818 | |
---|
1819 | envPtr->exceptArrayPtr[range].codeOffset += 3; |
---|
1820 | |
---|
1821 | /* |
---|
1822 | * Update the jump back to the test at the top of the loop since it |
---|
1823 | * also moved down 3 bytes. |
---|
1824 | */ |
---|
1825 | |
---|
1826 | jumpBackOffset += 3; |
---|
1827 | jumpPc = (envPtr->codeStart + jumpBackOffset); |
---|
1828 | jumpBackDist += 3; |
---|
1829 | if (jumpBackDist > 120) { |
---|
1830 | TclUpdateInstInt4AtPc(INST_JUMP4, -jumpBackDist, jumpPc); |
---|
1831 | } else { |
---|
1832 | TclUpdateInstInt1AtPc(INST_JUMP1, -jumpBackDist, jumpPc); |
---|
1833 | } |
---|
1834 | } |
---|
1835 | |
---|
1836 | /* |
---|
1837 | * Set the loop's break target. |
---|
1838 | */ |
---|
1839 | |
---|
1840 | ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, range, breakOffset); |
---|
1841 | |
---|
1842 | /* |
---|
1843 | * The foreach command's result is an empty string. |
---|
1844 | */ |
---|
1845 | |
---|
1846 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
1847 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
1848 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
1849 | |
---|
1850 | done: |
---|
1851 | for (loopIndex = 0; loopIndex < numLists; loopIndex++) { |
---|
1852 | if (varvList[loopIndex] != NULL) { |
---|
1853 | ckfree((char *) varvList[loopIndex]); |
---|
1854 | } |
---|
1855 | } |
---|
1856 | TclStackFree(interp, (void *)varvList); |
---|
1857 | TclStackFree(interp, varcList); |
---|
1858 | return code; |
---|
1859 | } |
---|
1860 | |
---|
1861 | /* |
---|
1862 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1863 | * |
---|
1864 | * DupForeachInfo -- |
---|
1865 | * |
---|
1866 | * This procedure duplicates a ForeachInfo structure created as auxiliary |
---|
1867 | * data during the compilation of a foreach command. |
---|
1868 | * |
---|
1869 | * Results: |
---|
1870 | * A pointer to a newly allocated copy of the existing ForeachInfo |
---|
1871 | * structure is returned. |
---|
1872 | * |
---|
1873 | * Side effects: |
---|
1874 | * Storage for the copied ForeachInfo record is allocated. If the |
---|
1875 | * original ForeachInfo structure pointed to any ForeachVarList records, |
---|
1876 | * these structures are also copied and pointers to them are stored in |
---|
1877 | * the new ForeachInfo record. |
---|
1878 | * |
---|
1879 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1880 | */ |
---|
1881 | |
---|
1882 | static ClientData |
---|
1883 | DupForeachInfo( |
---|
1884 | ClientData clientData) /* The foreach command's compilation auxiliary |
---|
1885 | * data to duplicate. */ |
---|
1886 | { |
---|
1887 | register ForeachInfo *srcPtr = clientData; |
---|
1888 | ForeachInfo *dupPtr; |
---|
1889 | register ForeachVarList *srcListPtr, *dupListPtr; |
---|
1890 | int numVars, i, j, numLists = srcPtr->numLists; |
---|
1891 | |
---|
1892 | dupPtr = (ForeachInfo *) ckalloc((unsigned) |
---|
1893 | sizeof(ForeachInfo) + numLists*sizeof(ForeachVarList *)); |
---|
1894 | dupPtr->numLists = numLists; |
---|
1895 | dupPtr->firstValueTemp = srcPtr->firstValueTemp; |
---|
1896 | dupPtr->loopCtTemp = srcPtr->loopCtTemp; |
---|
1897 | |
---|
1898 | for (i = 0; i < numLists; i++) { |
---|
1899 | srcListPtr = srcPtr->varLists[i]; |
---|
1900 | numVars = srcListPtr->numVars; |
---|
1901 | dupListPtr = (ForeachVarList *) ckalloc((unsigned) |
---|
1902 | sizeof(ForeachVarList) + numVars*sizeof(int)); |
---|
1903 | dupListPtr->numVars = numVars; |
---|
1904 | for (j = 0; j < numVars; j++) { |
---|
1905 | dupListPtr->varIndexes[j] = srcListPtr->varIndexes[j]; |
---|
1906 | } |
---|
1907 | dupPtr->varLists[i] = dupListPtr; |
---|
1908 | } |
---|
1909 | return dupPtr; |
---|
1910 | } |
---|
1911 | |
---|
1912 | /* |
---|
1913 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1914 | * |
---|
1915 | * FreeForeachInfo -- |
---|
1916 | * |
---|
1917 | * Procedure to free a ForeachInfo structure created as auxiliary data |
---|
1918 | * during the compilation of a foreach command. |
---|
1919 | * |
---|
1920 | * Results: |
---|
1921 | * None. |
---|
1922 | * |
---|
1923 | * Side effects: |
---|
1924 | * Storage for the ForeachInfo structure pointed to by the ClientData |
---|
1925 | * argument is freed as is any ForeachVarList record pointed to by the |
---|
1926 | * ForeachInfo structure. |
---|
1927 | * |
---|
1928 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1929 | */ |
---|
1930 | |
---|
1931 | static void |
---|
1932 | FreeForeachInfo( |
---|
1933 | ClientData clientData) /* The foreach command's compilation auxiliary |
---|
1934 | * data to free. */ |
---|
1935 | { |
---|
1936 | register ForeachInfo *infoPtr = clientData; |
---|
1937 | register ForeachVarList *listPtr; |
---|
1938 | int numLists = infoPtr->numLists; |
---|
1939 | register int i; |
---|
1940 | |
---|
1941 | for (i = 0; i < numLists; i++) { |
---|
1942 | listPtr = infoPtr->varLists[i]; |
---|
1943 | ckfree((char *) listPtr); |
---|
1944 | } |
---|
1945 | ckfree((char *) infoPtr); |
---|
1946 | } |
---|
1947 | |
---|
1948 | /* |
---|
1949 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1950 | * |
---|
1951 | * PrintForeachInfo -- |
---|
1952 | * |
---|
1953 | * Function to write a human-readable representation of a ForeachInfo |
---|
1954 | * structure to stdout for debugging. |
---|
1955 | * |
---|
1956 | * Results: |
---|
1957 | * None. |
---|
1958 | * |
---|
1959 | * Side effects: |
---|
1960 | * None. |
---|
1961 | * |
---|
1962 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
1963 | */ |
---|
1964 | |
---|
1965 | static void |
---|
1966 | PrintForeachInfo( |
---|
1967 | ClientData clientData, |
---|
1968 | Tcl_Obj *appendObj, |
---|
1969 | ByteCode *codePtr, |
---|
1970 | unsigned int pcOffset) |
---|
1971 | { |
---|
1972 | register ForeachInfo *infoPtr = clientData; |
---|
1973 | register ForeachVarList *varsPtr; |
---|
1974 | int i, j; |
---|
1975 | |
---|
1976 | Tcl_AppendToObj(appendObj, "data=[", -1); |
---|
1977 | |
---|
1978 | for (i=0 ; i<infoPtr->numLists ; i++) { |
---|
1979 | if (i) { |
---|
1980 | Tcl_AppendToObj(appendObj, ", ", -1); |
---|
1981 | } |
---|
1982 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(appendObj, "%%v%u", |
---|
1983 | (unsigned) (infoPtr->firstValueTemp + i)); |
---|
1984 | } |
---|
1985 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(appendObj, "], loop=%%v%u", |
---|
1986 | (unsigned) infoPtr->loopCtTemp); |
---|
1987 | for (i=0 ; i<infoPtr->numLists ; i++) { |
---|
1988 | if (i) { |
---|
1989 | Tcl_AppendToObj(appendObj, ",", -1); |
---|
1990 | } |
---|
1991 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(appendObj, "\n\t\t it%%v%u\t[", |
---|
1992 | (unsigned) (infoPtr->firstValueTemp + i)); |
---|
1993 | varsPtr = infoPtr->varLists[i]; |
---|
1994 | for (j=0 ; j<varsPtr->numVars ; j++) { |
---|
1995 | if (j) { |
---|
1996 | Tcl_AppendToObj(appendObj, ", ", -1); |
---|
1997 | } |
---|
1998 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(appendObj, "%%v%u", |
---|
1999 | (unsigned) varsPtr->varIndexes[j]); |
---|
2000 | } |
---|
2001 | Tcl_AppendToObj(appendObj, "]", -1); |
---|
2002 | } |
---|
2003 | } |
---|
2004 | |
---|
2005 | /* |
---|
2006 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2007 | * |
---|
2008 | * TclCompileIfCmd -- |
---|
2009 | * |
---|
2010 | * Procedure called to compile the "if" command. |
---|
2011 | * |
---|
2012 | * Results: |
---|
2013 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
2014 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
2015 | * |
---|
2016 | * Side effects: |
---|
2017 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "if" command at |
---|
2018 | * runtime. |
---|
2019 | * |
---|
2020 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2021 | */ |
---|
2022 | |
---|
2023 | int |
---|
2024 | TclCompileIfCmd( |
---|
2025 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
2026 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
2027 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
2028 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
2029 | * compiled. */ |
---|
2030 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
2031 | { |
---|
2032 | JumpFixupArray jumpFalseFixupArray; |
---|
2033 | /* Used to fix the ifFalse jump after each |
---|
2034 | * test when its target PC is determined. */ |
---|
2035 | JumpFixupArray jumpEndFixupArray; |
---|
2036 | /* Used to fix the jump after each "then" body |
---|
2037 | * to the end of the "if" when that PC is |
---|
2038 | * determined. */ |
---|
2039 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *testTokenPtr; |
---|
2040 | int jumpIndex = 0; /* Avoid compiler warning. */ |
---|
2041 | int jumpFalseDist, numWords, wordIdx, numBytes, j, code; |
---|
2042 | const char *word; |
---|
2043 | int savedStackDepth = envPtr->currStackDepth; |
---|
2044 | /* Saved stack depth at the start of the first |
---|
2045 | * test; the envPtr current depth is restored |
---|
2046 | * to this value at the start of each test. */ |
---|
2047 | int realCond = 1; /* Set to 0 for static conditions: |
---|
2048 | * "if 0 {..}" */ |
---|
2049 | int boolVal; /* Value of static condition. */ |
---|
2050 | int compileScripts = 1; |
---|
2051 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
2052 | |
---|
2053 | /* |
---|
2054 | * Only compile the "if" command if all arguments are simple words, in |
---|
2055 | * order to insure correct substitution [Bug 219166] |
---|
2056 | */ |
---|
2057 | |
---|
2058 | tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; |
---|
2059 | wordIdx = 0; |
---|
2060 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
2061 | |
---|
2062 | for (wordIdx = 0; wordIdx < numWords; wordIdx++) { |
---|
2063 | if (tokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
2064 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2065 | } |
---|
2066 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
2067 | } |
---|
2068 | |
---|
2069 | TclInitJumpFixupArray(&jumpFalseFixupArray); |
---|
2070 | TclInitJumpFixupArray(&jumpEndFixupArray); |
---|
2071 | code = TCL_OK; |
---|
2072 | |
---|
2073 | /* |
---|
2074 | * Each iteration of this loop compiles one "if expr ?then? body" or |
---|
2075 | * "elseif expr ?then? body" clause. |
---|
2076 | */ |
---|
2077 | |
---|
2078 | tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; |
---|
2079 | wordIdx = 0; |
---|
2080 | while (wordIdx < numWords) { |
---|
2081 | /* |
---|
2082 | * Stop looping if the token isn't "if" or "elseif". |
---|
2083 | */ |
---|
2084 | |
---|
2085 | word = tokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
2086 | numBytes = tokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
2087 | if ((tokenPtr == parsePtr->tokenPtr) |
---|
2088 | || ((numBytes == 6) && (strncmp(word, "elseif", 6) == 0))) { |
---|
2089 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
2090 | wordIdx++; |
---|
2091 | } else { |
---|
2092 | break; |
---|
2093 | } |
---|
2094 | if (wordIdx >= numWords) { |
---|
2095 | code = TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2096 | goto done; |
---|
2097 | } |
---|
2098 | |
---|
2099 | /* |
---|
2100 | * Compile the test expression then emit the conditional jump around |
---|
2101 | * the "then" part. |
---|
2102 | */ |
---|
2103 | |
---|
2104 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
2105 | testTokenPtr = tokenPtr; |
---|
2106 | |
---|
2107 | if (realCond) { |
---|
2108 | /* |
---|
2109 | * Find out if the condition is a constant. |
---|
2110 | */ |
---|
2111 | |
---|
2112 | Tcl_Obj *boolObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(testTokenPtr[1].start, |
---|
2113 | testTokenPtr[1].size); |
---|
2114 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(boolObj); |
---|
2115 | code = Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(NULL, boolObj, &boolVal); |
---|
2116 | TclDecrRefCount(boolObj); |
---|
2117 | if (code == TCL_OK) { |
---|
2118 | /* |
---|
2119 | * A static condition. |
---|
2120 | */ |
---|
2121 | |
---|
2122 | realCond = 0; |
---|
2123 | if (!boolVal) { |
---|
2124 | compileScripts = 0; |
---|
2125 | } |
---|
2126 | } else { |
---|
2127 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[wordIdx]; |
---|
2128 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp); |
---|
2129 | TclCompileExprWords(interp, testTokenPtr, 1, envPtr); |
---|
2130 | if (jumpFalseFixupArray.next >= jumpFalseFixupArray.end) { |
---|
2131 | TclExpandJumpFixupArray(&jumpFalseFixupArray); |
---|
2132 | } |
---|
2133 | jumpIndex = jumpFalseFixupArray.next; |
---|
2134 | jumpFalseFixupArray.next++; |
---|
2135 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_FALSE_JUMP, |
---|
2136 | jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup+jumpIndex); |
---|
2137 | } |
---|
2138 | code = TCL_OK; |
---|
2139 | } |
---|
2140 | |
---|
2141 | /* |
---|
2142 | * Skip over the optional "then" before the then clause. |
---|
2143 | */ |
---|
2144 | |
---|
2145 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(testTokenPtr); |
---|
2146 | wordIdx++; |
---|
2147 | if (wordIdx >= numWords) { |
---|
2148 | code = TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2149 | goto done; |
---|
2150 | } |
---|
2151 | if (tokenPtr->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
2152 | word = tokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
2153 | numBytes = tokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
2154 | if ((numBytes == 4) && (strncmp(word, "then", 4) == 0)) { |
---|
2155 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
2156 | wordIdx++; |
---|
2157 | if (wordIdx >= numWords) { |
---|
2158 | code = TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2159 | goto done; |
---|
2160 | } |
---|
2161 | } |
---|
2162 | } |
---|
2163 | |
---|
2164 | /* |
---|
2165 | * Compile the "then" command body. |
---|
2166 | */ |
---|
2167 | |
---|
2168 | if (compileScripts) { |
---|
2169 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[wordIdx]; |
---|
2170 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
2171 | CompileBody(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp); |
---|
2172 | } |
---|
2173 | |
---|
2174 | if (realCond) { |
---|
2175 | /* |
---|
2176 | * Jump to the end of the "if" command. Both jumpFalseFixupArray |
---|
2177 | * and jumpEndFixupArray are indexed by "jumpIndex". |
---|
2178 | */ |
---|
2179 | |
---|
2180 | if (jumpEndFixupArray.next >= jumpEndFixupArray.end) { |
---|
2181 | TclExpandJumpFixupArray(&jumpEndFixupArray); |
---|
2182 | } |
---|
2183 | jumpEndFixupArray.next++; |
---|
2184 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP, |
---|
2185 | jumpEndFixupArray.fixup+jumpIndex); |
---|
2186 | |
---|
2187 | /* |
---|
2188 | * Fix the target of the jumpFalse after the test. Generate a 4 |
---|
2189 | * byte jump if the distance is > 120 bytes. This is conservative, |
---|
2190 | * and ensures that we won't have to replace this jump if we later |
---|
2191 | * also need to replace the proceeding jump to the end of the "if" |
---|
2192 | * with a 4 byte jump. |
---|
2193 | */ |
---|
2194 | |
---|
2195 | if (TclFixupForwardJumpToHere(envPtr, |
---|
2196 | jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup+jumpIndex, 120)) { |
---|
2197 | /* |
---|
2198 | * Adjust the code offset for the proceeding jump to the end |
---|
2199 | * of the "if" command. |
---|
2200 | */ |
---|
2201 | |
---|
2202 | jumpEndFixupArray.fixup[jumpIndex].codeOffset += 3; |
---|
2203 | } |
---|
2204 | } else if (boolVal) { |
---|
2205 | /* |
---|
2206 | * We were processing an "if 1 {...}"; stop compiling scripts. |
---|
2207 | */ |
---|
2208 | |
---|
2209 | compileScripts = 0; |
---|
2210 | } else { |
---|
2211 | /* |
---|
2212 | * We were processing an "if 0 {...}"; reset so that the rest |
---|
2213 | * (elseif, else) is compiled correctly. |
---|
2214 | */ |
---|
2215 | |
---|
2216 | realCond = 1; |
---|
2217 | compileScripts = 1; |
---|
2218 | } |
---|
2219 | |
---|
2220 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
2221 | wordIdx++; |
---|
2222 | } |
---|
2223 | |
---|
2224 | /* |
---|
2225 | * Restore the current stack depth in the environment; the "else" clause |
---|
2226 | * (or its default) will add 1 to this. |
---|
2227 | */ |
---|
2228 | |
---|
2229 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
2230 | |
---|
2231 | /* |
---|
2232 | * Check for the optional else clause. Do not compile anything if this was |
---|
2233 | * an "if 1 {...}" case. |
---|
2234 | */ |
---|
2235 | |
---|
2236 | if ((wordIdx < numWords) && (tokenPtr->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD)) { |
---|
2237 | /* |
---|
2238 | * There is an else clause. Skip over the optional "else" word. |
---|
2239 | */ |
---|
2240 | |
---|
2241 | word = tokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
2242 | numBytes = tokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
2243 | if ((numBytes == 4) && (strncmp(word, "else", 4) == 0)) { |
---|
2244 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
2245 | wordIdx++; |
---|
2246 | if (wordIdx >= numWords) { |
---|
2247 | code = TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2248 | goto done; |
---|
2249 | } |
---|
2250 | } |
---|
2251 | |
---|
2252 | if (compileScripts) { |
---|
2253 | /* |
---|
2254 | * Compile the else command body. |
---|
2255 | */ |
---|
2256 | |
---|
2257 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[wordIdx]; |
---|
2258 | CompileBody(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp); |
---|
2259 | } |
---|
2260 | |
---|
2261 | /* |
---|
2262 | * Make sure there are no words after the else clause. |
---|
2263 | */ |
---|
2264 | |
---|
2265 | wordIdx++; |
---|
2266 | if (wordIdx < numWords) { |
---|
2267 | code = TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2268 | goto done; |
---|
2269 | } |
---|
2270 | } else { |
---|
2271 | /* |
---|
2272 | * No else clause: the "if" command's result is an empty string. |
---|
2273 | */ |
---|
2274 | |
---|
2275 | if (compileScripts) { |
---|
2276 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
2277 | } |
---|
2278 | } |
---|
2279 | |
---|
2280 | /* |
---|
2281 | * Fix the unconditional jumps to the end of the "if" command. |
---|
2282 | */ |
---|
2283 | |
---|
2284 | for (j = jumpEndFixupArray.next; j > 0; j--) { |
---|
2285 | jumpIndex = (j - 1); /* i.e. process the closest jump first. */ |
---|
2286 | if (TclFixupForwardJumpToHere(envPtr, |
---|
2287 | jumpEndFixupArray.fixup+jumpIndex, 127)) { |
---|
2288 | /* |
---|
2289 | * Adjust the immediately preceeding "ifFalse" jump. We moved it's |
---|
2290 | * target (just after this jump) down three bytes. |
---|
2291 | */ |
---|
2292 | |
---|
2293 | unsigned char *ifFalsePc = envPtr->codeStart |
---|
2294 | + jumpFalseFixupArray.fixup[jumpIndex].codeOffset; |
---|
2295 | unsigned char opCode = *ifFalsePc; |
---|
2296 | |
---|
2297 | if (opCode == INST_JUMP_FALSE1) { |
---|
2298 | jumpFalseDist = TclGetInt1AtPtr(ifFalsePc + 1); |
---|
2299 | jumpFalseDist += 3; |
---|
2300 | TclStoreInt1AtPtr(jumpFalseDist, (ifFalsePc + 1)); |
---|
2301 | } else if (opCode == INST_JUMP_FALSE4) { |
---|
2302 | jumpFalseDist = TclGetInt4AtPtr(ifFalsePc + 1); |
---|
2303 | jumpFalseDist += 3; |
---|
2304 | TclStoreInt4AtPtr(jumpFalseDist, (ifFalsePc + 1)); |
---|
2305 | } else { |
---|
2306 | Tcl_Panic("TclCompileIfCmd: unexpected opcode \"%d\" updating ifFalse jump", (int) opCode); |
---|
2307 | } |
---|
2308 | } |
---|
2309 | } |
---|
2310 | |
---|
2311 | /* |
---|
2312 | * Free the jumpFixupArray array if malloc'ed storage was used. |
---|
2313 | */ |
---|
2314 | |
---|
2315 | done: |
---|
2316 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
2317 | TclFreeJumpFixupArray(&jumpFalseFixupArray); |
---|
2318 | TclFreeJumpFixupArray(&jumpEndFixupArray); |
---|
2319 | return code; |
---|
2320 | } |
---|
2321 | |
---|
2322 | /* |
---|
2323 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2324 | * |
---|
2325 | * TclCompileIncrCmd -- |
---|
2326 | * |
---|
2327 | * Procedure called to compile the "incr" command. |
---|
2328 | * |
---|
2329 | * Results: |
---|
2330 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
2331 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
2332 | * |
---|
2333 | * Side effects: |
---|
2334 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "incr" command at |
---|
2335 | * runtime. |
---|
2336 | * |
---|
2337 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2338 | */ |
---|
2339 | |
---|
2340 | int |
---|
2341 | TclCompileIncrCmd( |
---|
2342 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
2343 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
2344 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
2345 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
2346 | * compiled. */ |
---|
2347 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
2348 | { |
---|
2349 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, *incrTokenPtr; |
---|
2350 | int simpleVarName, isScalar, localIndex, haveImmValue, immValue; |
---|
2351 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
2352 | |
---|
2353 | if ((parsePtr->numWords != 2) && (parsePtr->numWords != 3)) { |
---|
2354 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2355 | } |
---|
2356 | |
---|
2357 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
2358 | |
---|
2359 | PushVarName(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr, TCL_NO_LARGE_INDEX|TCL_CREATE_VAR, |
---|
2360 | &localIndex, &simpleVarName, &isScalar, |
---|
2361 | mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]); |
---|
2362 | |
---|
2363 | /* |
---|
2364 | * If an increment is given, push it, but see first if it's a small |
---|
2365 | * integer. |
---|
2366 | */ |
---|
2367 | |
---|
2368 | haveImmValue = 0; |
---|
2369 | immValue = 1; |
---|
2370 | if (parsePtr->numWords == 3) { |
---|
2371 | incrTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
2372 | if (incrTokenPtr->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
2373 | const char *word = incrTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
2374 | int numBytes = incrTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
2375 | int code; |
---|
2376 | Tcl_Obj *intObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(word, numBytes); |
---|
2377 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(intObj); |
---|
2378 | code = TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, intObj, &immValue); |
---|
2379 | TclDecrRefCount(intObj); |
---|
2380 | if ((code == TCL_OK) && (-127 <= immValue) && (immValue <= 127)) { |
---|
2381 | haveImmValue = 1; |
---|
2382 | } |
---|
2383 | if (!haveImmValue) { |
---|
2384 | PushLiteral(envPtr, word, numBytes); |
---|
2385 | } |
---|
2386 | } else { |
---|
2387 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[2]; |
---|
2388 | CompileTokens(envPtr, incrTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
2389 | } |
---|
2390 | } else { /* No incr amount given so use 1. */ |
---|
2391 | haveImmValue = 1; |
---|
2392 | } |
---|
2393 | |
---|
2394 | /* |
---|
2395 | * Emit the instruction to increment the variable. |
---|
2396 | */ |
---|
2397 | |
---|
2398 | if (simpleVarName) { |
---|
2399 | if (isScalar) { |
---|
2400 | if (localIndex >= 0) { |
---|
2401 | if (haveImmValue) { |
---|
2402 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_INCR_SCALAR1_IMM, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2403 | TclEmitInt1(immValue, envPtr); |
---|
2404 | } else { |
---|
2405 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_INCR_SCALAR1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2406 | } |
---|
2407 | } else { |
---|
2408 | if (haveImmValue) { |
---|
2409 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK_IMM, immValue, envPtr); |
---|
2410 | } else { |
---|
2411 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_INCR_SCALAR_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2412 | } |
---|
2413 | } |
---|
2414 | } else { |
---|
2415 | if (localIndex >= 0) { |
---|
2416 | if (haveImmValue) { |
---|
2417 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_INCR_ARRAY1_IMM, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2418 | TclEmitInt1(immValue, envPtr); |
---|
2419 | } else { |
---|
2420 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_INCR_ARRAY1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2421 | } |
---|
2422 | } else { |
---|
2423 | if (haveImmValue) { |
---|
2424 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK_IMM, immValue, envPtr); |
---|
2425 | } else { |
---|
2426 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_INCR_ARRAY_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2427 | } |
---|
2428 | } |
---|
2429 | } |
---|
2430 | } else { /* Non-simple variable name. */ |
---|
2431 | if (haveImmValue) { |
---|
2432 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_INCR_STK_IMM, immValue, envPtr); |
---|
2433 | } else { |
---|
2434 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_INCR_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2435 | } |
---|
2436 | } |
---|
2437 | |
---|
2438 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
2439 | } |
---|
2440 | |
---|
2441 | /* |
---|
2442 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2443 | * |
---|
2444 | * TclCompileLappendCmd -- |
---|
2445 | * |
---|
2446 | * Procedure called to compile the "lappend" command. |
---|
2447 | * |
---|
2448 | * Results: |
---|
2449 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
2450 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
2451 | * |
---|
2452 | * Side effects: |
---|
2453 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "lappend" command at |
---|
2454 | * runtime. |
---|
2455 | * |
---|
2456 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2457 | */ |
---|
2458 | |
---|
2459 | int |
---|
2460 | TclCompileLappendCmd( |
---|
2461 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
2462 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
2463 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
2464 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
2465 | * compiled. */ |
---|
2466 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
2467 | { |
---|
2468 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr; |
---|
2469 | int simpleVarName, isScalar, localIndex, numWords; |
---|
2470 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
2471 | |
---|
2472 | /* |
---|
2473 | * If we're not in a procedure, don't compile. |
---|
2474 | */ |
---|
2475 | |
---|
2476 | if (envPtr->procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
2477 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2478 | } |
---|
2479 | |
---|
2480 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
2481 | if (numWords == 1) { |
---|
2482 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2483 | } |
---|
2484 | if (numWords != 3) { |
---|
2485 | /* |
---|
2486 | * LAPPEND instructions currently only handle one value appends. |
---|
2487 | */ |
---|
2488 | |
---|
2489 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2490 | } |
---|
2491 | |
---|
2492 | /* |
---|
2493 | * Decide if we can use a frame slot for the var/array name or if we |
---|
2494 | * need to emit code to compute and push the name at runtime. We use a |
---|
2495 | * frame slot (entry in the array of local vars) if we are compiling a |
---|
2496 | * procedure body and if the name is simple text that does not include |
---|
2497 | * namespace qualifiers. |
---|
2498 | */ |
---|
2499 | |
---|
2500 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
2501 | |
---|
2502 | PushVarName(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr, TCL_CREATE_VAR, |
---|
2503 | &localIndex, &simpleVarName, &isScalar, |
---|
2504 | mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]); |
---|
2505 | |
---|
2506 | /* |
---|
2507 | * If we are doing an assignment, push the new value. In the no values |
---|
2508 | * case, create an empty object. |
---|
2509 | */ |
---|
2510 | |
---|
2511 | if (numWords > 2) { |
---|
2512 | Tcl_Token *valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
2513 | CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 2); |
---|
2514 | } |
---|
2515 | |
---|
2516 | /* |
---|
2517 | * Emit instructions to set/get the variable. |
---|
2518 | */ |
---|
2519 | |
---|
2520 | /* |
---|
2521 | * The *_STK opcodes should be refactored to make better use of existing |
---|
2522 | * LOAD/STORE instructions. |
---|
2523 | */ |
---|
2524 | |
---|
2525 | if (simpleVarName) { |
---|
2526 | if (isScalar) { |
---|
2527 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
2528 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LAPPEND_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2529 | } else if (localIndex <= 255) { |
---|
2530 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2531 | } else { |
---|
2532 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LAPPEND_SCALAR4, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2533 | } |
---|
2534 | } else { |
---|
2535 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
2536 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2537 | } else if (localIndex <= 255) { |
---|
2538 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2539 | } else { |
---|
2540 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LAPPEND_ARRAY4, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2541 | } |
---|
2542 | } |
---|
2543 | } else { |
---|
2544 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LAPPEND_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2545 | } |
---|
2546 | |
---|
2547 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
2548 | } |
---|
2549 | |
---|
2550 | /* |
---|
2551 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2552 | * |
---|
2553 | * TclCompileLassignCmd -- |
---|
2554 | * |
---|
2555 | * Procedure called to compile the "lassign" command. |
---|
2556 | * |
---|
2557 | * Results: |
---|
2558 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
2559 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
2560 | * |
---|
2561 | * Side effects: |
---|
2562 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "lassign" command at |
---|
2563 | * runtime. |
---|
2564 | * |
---|
2565 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2566 | */ |
---|
2567 | |
---|
2568 | int |
---|
2569 | TclCompileLassignCmd( |
---|
2570 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
2571 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
2572 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
2573 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
2574 | * compiled. */ |
---|
2575 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
2576 | { |
---|
2577 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
2578 | int simpleVarName, isScalar, localIndex, numWords, idx; |
---|
2579 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
2580 | |
---|
2581 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
2582 | |
---|
2583 | /* |
---|
2584 | * Check for command syntax error, but we'll punt that to runtime. |
---|
2585 | */ |
---|
2586 | |
---|
2587 | if (numWords < 3) { |
---|
2588 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2589 | } |
---|
2590 | |
---|
2591 | /* |
---|
2592 | * Generate code to push list being taken apart by [lassign]. |
---|
2593 | */ |
---|
2594 | |
---|
2595 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
2596 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
2597 | |
---|
2598 | /* |
---|
2599 | * Generate code to assign values from the list to variables. |
---|
2600 | */ |
---|
2601 | |
---|
2602 | for (idx=0 ; idx<numWords-2 ; idx++) { |
---|
2603 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
2604 | |
---|
2605 | /* |
---|
2606 | * Generate the next variable name. |
---|
2607 | */ |
---|
2608 | |
---|
2609 | PushVarName(interp, tokenPtr, envPtr, TCL_CREATE_VAR, &localIndex, |
---|
2610 | &simpleVarName, &isScalar, mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[idx+2]); |
---|
2611 | |
---|
2612 | /* |
---|
2613 | * Emit instructions to get the idx'th item out of the list value on |
---|
2614 | * the stack and assign it to the variable. |
---|
2615 | */ |
---|
2616 | |
---|
2617 | if (simpleVarName) { |
---|
2618 | if (isScalar) { |
---|
2619 | if (localIndex >= 0) { |
---|
2620 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_DUP, envPtr); |
---|
2621 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM, idx, envPtr); |
---|
2622 | if (localIndex <= 255) { |
---|
2623 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1,localIndex,envPtr); |
---|
2624 | } else { |
---|
2625 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4,localIndex,envPtr); |
---|
2626 | } |
---|
2627 | } else { |
---|
2628 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_OVER, 1, envPtr); |
---|
2629 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM, idx, envPtr); |
---|
2630 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STORE_SCALAR_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2631 | } |
---|
2632 | } else { |
---|
2633 | if (localIndex >= 0) { |
---|
2634 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_OVER, 1, envPtr); |
---|
2635 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM, idx, envPtr); |
---|
2636 | if (localIndex <= 255) { |
---|
2637 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_ARRAY1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2638 | } else { |
---|
2639 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_ARRAY4, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2640 | } |
---|
2641 | } else { |
---|
2642 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_OVER, 2, envPtr); |
---|
2643 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM, idx, envPtr); |
---|
2644 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STORE_ARRAY_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2645 | } |
---|
2646 | } |
---|
2647 | } else { |
---|
2648 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_OVER, 1, envPtr); |
---|
2649 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM, idx, envPtr); |
---|
2650 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STORE_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2651 | } |
---|
2652 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
2653 | } |
---|
2654 | |
---|
2655 | /* |
---|
2656 | * Generate code to leave the rest of the list on the stack. |
---|
2657 | */ |
---|
2658 | |
---|
2659 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LIST_RANGE_IMM, idx, envPtr); |
---|
2660 | TclEmitInt4(-2, envPtr); /* -2 == "end" */ |
---|
2661 | |
---|
2662 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
2663 | } |
---|
2664 | |
---|
2665 | /* |
---|
2666 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2667 | * |
---|
2668 | * TclCompileLindexCmd -- |
---|
2669 | * |
---|
2670 | * Procedure called to compile the "lindex" command. |
---|
2671 | * |
---|
2672 | * Results: |
---|
2673 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
2674 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
2675 | * |
---|
2676 | * Side effects: |
---|
2677 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "lindex" command at |
---|
2678 | * runtime. |
---|
2679 | * |
---|
2680 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2681 | */ |
---|
2682 | |
---|
2683 | int |
---|
2684 | TclCompileLindexCmd( |
---|
2685 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
2686 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
2687 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
2688 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
2689 | * compiled. */ |
---|
2690 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
2691 | { |
---|
2692 | Tcl_Token *idxTokenPtr, *valTokenPtr; |
---|
2693 | int i, numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
2694 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
2695 | |
---|
2696 | /* |
---|
2697 | * Quit if too few args. |
---|
2698 | */ |
---|
2699 | |
---|
2700 | if (numWords <= 1) { |
---|
2701 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2702 | } |
---|
2703 | |
---|
2704 | valTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
2705 | if (numWords != 3) { |
---|
2706 | goto emitComplexLindex; |
---|
2707 | } |
---|
2708 | |
---|
2709 | idxTokenPtr = TokenAfter(valTokenPtr); |
---|
2710 | if (idxTokenPtr->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
2711 | Tcl_Obj *tmpObj; |
---|
2712 | int idx, result; |
---|
2713 | |
---|
2714 | tmpObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(idxTokenPtr[1].start, idxTokenPtr[1].size); |
---|
2715 | result = TclGetIntFromObj(NULL, tmpObj, &idx); |
---|
2716 | TclDecrRefCount(tmpObj); |
---|
2717 | |
---|
2718 | if (result == TCL_OK && idx >= 0) { |
---|
2719 | /* |
---|
2720 | * All checks have been completed, and we have exactly this |
---|
2721 | * construct: |
---|
2722 | * lindex <arbitraryValue> <posInt> |
---|
2723 | * This is best compiled as a push of the arbitrary value followed |
---|
2724 | * by an "immediate lindex" which is the most efficient variety. |
---|
2725 | */ |
---|
2726 | |
---|
2727 | CompileWord(envPtr, valTokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
2728 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LIST_INDEX_IMM, idx, envPtr); |
---|
2729 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
2730 | } |
---|
2731 | |
---|
2732 | /* |
---|
2733 | * If the conversion failed or the value was negative, we just keep on |
---|
2734 | * going with the more complex compilation. |
---|
2735 | */ |
---|
2736 | } |
---|
2737 | |
---|
2738 | /* |
---|
2739 | * Push the operands onto the stack. |
---|
2740 | */ |
---|
2741 | |
---|
2742 | emitComplexLindex: |
---|
2743 | for (i=1 ; i<numWords ; i++) { |
---|
2744 | CompileWord(envPtr, valTokenPtr, interp, i); |
---|
2745 | valTokenPtr = TokenAfter(valTokenPtr); |
---|
2746 | } |
---|
2747 | |
---|
2748 | /* |
---|
2749 | * Emit INST_LIST_INDEX if objc==3, or INST_LIST_INDEX_MULTI if there are |
---|
2750 | * multiple index args. |
---|
2751 | */ |
---|
2752 | |
---|
2753 | if (numWords == 3) { |
---|
2754 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LIST_INDEX, envPtr); |
---|
2755 | } else { |
---|
2756 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LIST_INDEX_MULTI, numWords-1, envPtr); |
---|
2757 | } |
---|
2758 | |
---|
2759 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
2760 | } |
---|
2761 | |
---|
2762 | /* |
---|
2763 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2764 | * |
---|
2765 | * TclCompileListCmd -- |
---|
2766 | * |
---|
2767 | * Procedure called to compile the "list" command. |
---|
2768 | * |
---|
2769 | * Results: |
---|
2770 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
2771 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
2772 | * |
---|
2773 | * Side effects: |
---|
2774 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "list" command at |
---|
2775 | * runtime. |
---|
2776 | * |
---|
2777 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2778 | */ |
---|
2779 | |
---|
2780 | int |
---|
2781 | TclCompileListCmd( |
---|
2782 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
2783 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
2784 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
2785 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
2786 | * compiled. */ |
---|
2787 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
2788 | { |
---|
2789 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
2790 | |
---|
2791 | /* |
---|
2792 | * If we're not in a procedure, don't compile. |
---|
2793 | */ |
---|
2794 | |
---|
2795 | if (envPtr->procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
2796 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2797 | } |
---|
2798 | |
---|
2799 | if (parsePtr->numWords == 1) { |
---|
2800 | /* |
---|
2801 | * [list] without arguments just pushes an empty object. |
---|
2802 | */ |
---|
2803 | |
---|
2804 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
2805 | } else { |
---|
2806 | /* |
---|
2807 | * Push the all values onto the stack. |
---|
2808 | */ |
---|
2809 | |
---|
2810 | Tcl_Token *valueTokenPtr; |
---|
2811 | int i, numWords; |
---|
2812 | |
---|
2813 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
2814 | |
---|
2815 | valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
2816 | for (i = 1; i < numWords; i++) { |
---|
2817 | CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, i); |
---|
2818 | valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr); |
---|
2819 | } |
---|
2820 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LIST, numWords - 1, envPtr); |
---|
2821 | } |
---|
2822 | |
---|
2823 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
2824 | } |
---|
2825 | |
---|
2826 | /* |
---|
2827 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2828 | * |
---|
2829 | * TclCompileLlengthCmd -- |
---|
2830 | * |
---|
2831 | * Procedure called to compile the "llength" command. |
---|
2832 | * |
---|
2833 | * Results: |
---|
2834 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
2835 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
2836 | * |
---|
2837 | * Side effects: |
---|
2838 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "llength" command at |
---|
2839 | * runtime. |
---|
2840 | * |
---|
2841 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2842 | */ |
---|
2843 | |
---|
2844 | int |
---|
2845 | TclCompileLlengthCmd( |
---|
2846 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
2847 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
2848 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
2849 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
2850 | * compiled. */ |
---|
2851 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
2852 | { |
---|
2853 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr; |
---|
2854 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
2855 | |
---|
2856 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 2) { |
---|
2857 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2858 | } |
---|
2859 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
2860 | |
---|
2861 | CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
2862 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LIST_LENGTH, envPtr); |
---|
2863 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
2864 | } |
---|
2865 | |
---|
2866 | /* |
---|
2867 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2868 | * |
---|
2869 | * TclCompileLsetCmd -- |
---|
2870 | * |
---|
2871 | * Procedure called to compile the "lset" command. |
---|
2872 | * |
---|
2873 | * Results: |
---|
2874 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
2875 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
2876 | * |
---|
2877 | * Side effects: |
---|
2878 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "lset" command at |
---|
2879 | * runtime. |
---|
2880 | * |
---|
2881 | * The general template for execution of the "lset" command is: |
---|
2882 | * (1) Instructions to push the variable name, unless the variable is |
---|
2883 | * local to the stack frame. |
---|
2884 | * (2) If the variable is an array element, instructions to push the |
---|
2885 | * array element name. |
---|
2886 | * (3) Instructions to push each of zero or more "index" arguments to the |
---|
2887 | * stack, followed with the "newValue" element. |
---|
2888 | * (4) Instructions to duplicate the variable name and/or array element |
---|
2889 | * name onto the top of the stack, if either was pushed at steps (1) |
---|
2890 | * and (2). |
---|
2891 | * (5) The appropriate INST_LOAD_* instruction to place the original |
---|
2892 | * value of the list variable at top of stack. |
---|
2893 | * (6) At this point, the stack contains: |
---|
2894 | * varName? arrayElementName? index1 index2 ... newValue oldList |
---|
2895 | * The compiler emits one of INST_LSET_FLAT or INST_LSET_LIST |
---|
2896 | * according as whether there is exactly one index element (LIST) or |
---|
2897 | * either zero or else two or more (FLAT). This instruction removes |
---|
2898 | * everything from the stack except for the two names and pushes the |
---|
2899 | * new value of the variable. |
---|
2900 | * (7) Finally, INST_STORE_* stores the new value in the variable and |
---|
2901 | * cleans up the stack. |
---|
2902 | * |
---|
2903 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
2904 | */ |
---|
2905 | |
---|
2906 | int |
---|
2907 | TclCompileLsetCmd( |
---|
2908 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Tcl interpreter for error reporting. */ |
---|
2909 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the |
---|
2910 | * command. */ |
---|
2911 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
2912 | * compiled. */ |
---|
2913 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds the resulting instructions. */ |
---|
2914 | { |
---|
2915 | int tempDepth; /* Depth used for emitting one part of the |
---|
2916 | * code burst. */ |
---|
2917 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr; /* Pointer to the Tcl_Token representing the |
---|
2918 | * parse of the variable name. */ |
---|
2919 | int localIndex; /* Index of var in local var table. */ |
---|
2920 | int simpleVarName; /* Flag == 1 if var name is simple. */ |
---|
2921 | int isScalar; /* Flag == 1 if scalar, 0 if array. */ |
---|
2922 | int i; |
---|
2923 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
2924 | |
---|
2925 | /* |
---|
2926 | * Check argument count. |
---|
2927 | */ |
---|
2928 | |
---|
2929 | if (parsePtr->numWords < 3) { |
---|
2930 | /* |
---|
2931 | * Fail at run time, not in compilation. |
---|
2932 | */ |
---|
2933 | |
---|
2934 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
2935 | } |
---|
2936 | |
---|
2937 | /* |
---|
2938 | * Decide if we can use a frame slot for the var/array name or if we need |
---|
2939 | * to emit code to compute and push the name at runtime. We use a frame |
---|
2940 | * slot (entry in the array of local vars) if we are compiling a procedure |
---|
2941 | * body and if the name is simple text that does not include namespace |
---|
2942 | * qualifiers. |
---|
2943 | */ |
---|
2944 | |
---|
2945 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
2946 | PushVarName(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr, TCL_CREATE_VAR, |
---|
2947 | &localIndex, &simpleVarName, &isScalar, |
---|
2948 | mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]); |
---|
2949 | |
---|
2950 | /* |
---|
2951 | * Push the "index" args and the new element value. |
---|
2952 | */ |
---|
2953 | |
---|
2954 | for (i=2 ; i<parsePtr->numWords ; ++i) { |
---|
2955 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
2956 | CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, i); |
---|
2957 | } |
---|
2958 | |
---|
2959 | /* |
---|
2960 | * Duplicate the variable name if it's been pushed. |
---|
2961 | */ |
---|
2962 | |
---|
2963 | if (!simpleVarName || localIndex < 0) { |
---|
2964 | if (!simpleVarName || isScalar) { |
---|
2965 | tempDepth = parsePtr->numWords - 2; |
---|
2966 | } else { |
---|
2967 | tempDepth = parsePtr->numWords - 1; |
---|
2968 | } |
---|
2969 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_OVER, tempDepth, envPtr); |
---|
2970 | } |
---|
2971 | |
---|
2972 | /* |
---|
2973 | * Duplicate an array index if one's been pushed. |
---|
2974 | */ |
---|
2975 | |
---|
2976 | if (simpleVarName && !isScalar) { |
---|
2977 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
2978 | tempDepth = parsePtr->numWords - 1; |
---|
2979 | } else { |
---|
2980 | tempDepth = parsePtr->numWords - 2; |
---|
2981 | } |
---|
2982 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_OVER, tempDepth, envPtr); |
---|
2983 | } |
---|
2984 | |
---|
2985 | /* |
---|
2986 | * Emit code to load the variable's value. |
---|
2987 | */ |
---|
2988 | |
---|
2989 | if (!simpleVarName) { |
---|
2990 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LOAD_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2991 | } else if (isScalar) { |
---|
2992 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
2993 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LOAD_SCALAR_STK, envPtr); |
---|
2994 | } else if (localIndex < 0x100) { |
---|
2995 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_LOAD_SCALAR1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2996 | } else { |
---|
2997 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LOAD_SCALAR4, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
2998 | } |
---|
2999 | } else { |
---|
3000 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
3001 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK, envPtr); |
---|
3002 | } else if (localIndex < 0x100) { |
---|
3003 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_LOAD_ARRAY1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
3004 | } else { |
---|
3005 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LOAD_ARRAY4, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
3006 | } |
---|
3007 | } |
---|
3008 | |
---|
3009 | /* |
---|
3010 | * Emit the correct variety of 'lset' instruction. |
---|
3011 | */ |
---|
3012 | |
---|
3013 | if (parsePtr->numWords == 4) { |
---|
3014 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_LSET_LIST, envPtr); |
---|
3015 | } else { |
---|
3016 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LSET_FLAT, parsePtr->numWords-1, envPtr); |
---|
3017 | } |
---|
3018 | |
---|
3019 | /* |
---|
3020 | * Emit code to put the value back in the variable. |
---|
3021 | */ |
---|
3022 | |
---|
3023 | if (!simpleVarName) { |
---|
3024 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STORE_STK, envPtr); |
---|
3025 | } else if (isScalar) { |
---|
3026 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
3027 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STORE_SCALAR_STK, envPtr); |
---|
3028 | } else if (localIndex < 0x100) { |
---|
3029 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
3030 | } else { |
---|
3031 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
3032 | } |
---|
3033 | } else { |
---|
3034 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
3035 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STORE_ARRAY_STK, envPtr); |
---|
3036 | } else if (localIndex < 0x100) { |
---|
3037 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_ARRAY1, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
3038 | } else { |
---|
3039 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_ARRAY4, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
3040 | } |
---|
3041 | } |
---|
3042 | |
---|
3043 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3044 | } |
---|
3045 | |
---|
3046 | /* |
---|
3047 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3048 | * |
---|
3049 | * TclCompileRegexpCmd -- |
---|
3050 | * |
---|
3051 | * Procedure called to compile the "regexp" command. |
---|
3052 | * |
---|
3053 | * Results: |
---|
3054 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
3055 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
3056 | * |
---|
3057 | * Side effects: |
---|
3058 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "regexp" command at |
---|
3059 | * runtime. |
---|
3060 | * |
---|
3061 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3062 | */ |
---|
3063 | |
---|
3064 | int |
---|
3065 | TclCompileRegexpCmd( |
---|
3066 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Tcl interpreter for error reporting. */ |
---|
3067 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the |
---|
3068 | * command. */ |
---|
3069 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
3070 | * compiled. */ |
---|
3071 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds the resulting instructions. */ |
---|
3072 | { |
---|
3073 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr; /* Pointer to the Tcl_Token representing the |
---|
3074 | * parse of the RE or string. */ |
---|
3075 | int i, len, nocase, exact, sawLast, simple; |
---|
3076 | char *str; |
---|
3077 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
3078 | |
---|
3079 | /* |
---|
3080 | * We are only interested in compiling simple regexp cases. Currently |
---|
3081 | * supported compile cases are: |
---|
3082 | * regexp ?-nocase? ?--? staticString $var |
---|
3083 | * regexp ?-nocase? ?--? {^staticString$} $var |
---|
3084 | */ |
---|
3085 | |
---|
3086 | if (parsePtr->numWords < 3) { |
---|
3087 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3088 | } |
---|
3089 | |
---|
3090 | simple = 0; |
---|
3091 | nocase = 0; |
---|
3092 | sawLast = 0; |
---|
3093 | varTokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; |
---|
3094 | |
---|
3095 | /* |
---|
3096 | * We only look for -nocase and -- as options. Everything else gets pushed |
---|
3097 | * to runtime execution. This is different than regexp's runtime option |
---|
3098 | * handling, but satisfies our stricter needs. |
---|
3099 | */ |
---|
3100 | |
---|
3101 | for (i = 1; i < parsePtr->numWords - 2; i++) { |
---|
3102 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
3103 | if (varTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
3104 | /* |
---|
3105 | * Not a simple string, so punt to runtime. |
---|
3106 | */ |
---|
3107 | |
---|
3108 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3109 | } |
---|
3110 | str = (char *) varTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
3111 | len = varTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
3112 | if ((len == 2) && (str[0] == '-') && (str[1] == '-')) { |
---|
3113 | sawLast++; |
---|
3114 | i++; |
---|
3115 | break; |
---|
3116 | } else if ((len > 1) && (strncmp(str,"-nocase",(unsigned)len) == 0)) { |
---|
3117 | nocase = 1; |
---|
3118 | } else { |
---|
3119 | /* |
---|
3120 | * Not an option we recognize. |
---|
3121 | */ |
---|
3122 | |
---|
3123 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3124 | } |
---|
3125 | } |
---|
3126 | |
---|
3127 | if ((parsePtr->numWords - i) != 2) { |
---|
3128 | /* |
---|
3129 | * We don't support capturing to variables. |
---|
3130 | */ |
---|
3131 | |
---|
3132 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3133 | } |
---|
3134 | |
---|
3135 | /* |
---|
3136 | * Get the regexp string. If it is not a simple string or can't be |
---|
3137 | * converted to a glob pattern, push the word for the INST_REGEXP. |
---|
3138 | * Keep changes here in sync with TclCompileSwitchCmd Switch_Regexp. |
---|
3139 | */ |
---|
3140 | |
---|
3141 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
3142 | |
---|
3143 | if (varTokenPtr->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
3144 | Tcl_DString ds; |
---|
3145 | |
---|
3146 | str = (char *) varTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
3147 | len = varTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
3148 | /* |
---|
3149 | * If it has a '-', it could be an incorrectly formed regexp command. |
---|
3150 | */ |
---|
3151 | |
---|
3152 | if ((*str == '-') && !sawLast) { |
---|
3153 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3154 | } |
---|
3155 | |
---|
3156 | if (len == 0) { |
---|
3157 | /* |
---|
3158 | * The semantics of regexp are always match on re == "". |
---|
3159 | */ |
---|
3160 | |
---|
3161 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "1", 1); |
---|
3162 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3163 | } |
---|
3164 | |
---|
3165 | /* |
---|
3166 | * Attempt to convert pattern to glob. If successful, push the |
---|
3167 | * converted pattern as a literal. |
---|
3168 | */ |
---|
3169 | |
---|
3170 | if (TclReToGlob(NULL, varTokenPtr[1].start, len, &ds, &exact) |
---|
3171 | == TCL_OK) { |
---|
3172 | simple = 1; |
---|
3173 | PushLiteral(envPtr, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); |
---|
3174 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
---|
3175 | } |
---|
3176 | } |
---|
3177 | |
---|
3178 | if (!simple) { |
---|
3179 | CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, parsePtr->numWords-2); |
---|
3180 | } |
---|
3181 | |
---|
3182 | /* |
---|
3183 | * Push the string arg. |
---|
3184 | */ |
---|
3185 | |
---|
3186 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
3187 | CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, parsePtr->numWords-1); |
---|
3188 | |
---|
3189 | if (simple) { |
---|
3190 | if (exact && !nocase) { |
---|
3191 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STR_EQ, envPtr); |
---|
3192 | } else { |
---|
3193 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STR_MATCH, nocase, envPtr); |
---|
3194 | } |
---|
3195 | } else { |
---|
3196 | /* |
---|
3197 | * Pass correct RE compile flags. We use only Int1 (8-bit), but |
---|
3198 | * that handles all the flags we want to pass. |
---|
3199 | * Don't use TCL_REG_NOSUB as we may have backrefs. |
---|
3200 | */ |
---|
3201 | int cflags = TCL_REG_ADVANCED | (nocase ? TCL_REG_NOCASE : 0); |
---|
3202 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_REGEXP, cflags, envPtr); |
---|
3203 | } |
---|
3204 | |
---|
3205 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3206 | } |
---|
3207 | |
---|
3208 | /* |
---|
3209 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3210 | * |
---|
3211 | * TclCompileReturnCmd -- |
---|
3212 | * |
---|
3213 | * Procedure called to compile the "return" command. |
---|
3214 | * |
---|
3215 | * Results: |
---|
3216 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
3217 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
3218 | * |
---|
3219 | * Side effects: |
---|
3220 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "return" command at |
---|
3221 | * runtime. |
---|
3222 | * |
---|
3223 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3224 | */ |
---|
3225 | |
---|
3226 | int |
---|
3227 | TclCompileReturnCmd( |
---|
3228 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
3229 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
3230 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
3231 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
3232 | * compiled. */ |
---|
3233 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
3234 | { |
---|
3235 | /* |
---|
3236 | * General syntax: [return ?-option value ...? ?result?] |
---|
3237 | * An even number of words means an explicit result argument is present. |
---|
3238 | */ |
---|
3239 | int level, code, objc, size, status = TCL_OK; |
---|
3240 | int numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
3241 | int explicitResult = (0 == (numWords % 2)); |
---|
3242 | int numOptionWords = numWords - 1 - explicitResult; |
---|
3243 | Tcl_Obj *returnOpts, **objv; |
---|
3244 | Tcl_Token *wordTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
3245 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
3246 | |
---|
3247 | /* |
---|
3248 | * Check for special case which can always be compiled: |
---|
3249 | * return -options <opts> <msg> |
---|
3250 | * Unlike the normal [return] compilation, this version does everything at |
---|
3251 | * runtime so it can handle arbitrary words and not just literals. Note |
---|
3252 | * that if INST_RETURN_STK wasn't already needed for something else |
---|
3253 | * ('finally' clause processing) this piece of code would not be present. |
---|
3254 | */ |
---|
3255 | |
---|
3256 | if ((numWords == 4) && (wordTokenPtr->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) |
---|
3257 | && (wordTokenPtr[1].size == 8) |
---|
3258 | && (strncmp(wordTokenPtr[1].start, "-options", 8) == 0)) { |
---|
3259 | Tcl_Token *optsTokenPtr = TokenAfter(wordTokenPtr); |
---|
3260 | Tcl_Token *msgTokenPtr = TokenAfter(optsTokenPtr); |
---|
3261 | |
---|
3262 | CompileWord(envPtr, optsTokenPtr, interp, 2); |
---|
3263 | CompileWord(envPtr, msgTokenPtr, interp, 3); |
---|
3264 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_RETURN_STK, envPtr); |
---|
3265 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3266 | } |
---|
3267 | |
---|
3268 | /* |
---|
3269 | * Allocate some working space. |
---|
3270 | */ |
---|
3271 | |
---|
3272 | objv = (Tcl_Obj **) TclStackAlloc(interp, |
---|
3273 | numOptionWords * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *)); |
---|
3274 | |
---|
3275 | /* |
---|
3276 | * Scan through the return options. If any are unknown at compile time, |
---|
3277 | * there is no value in bytecompiling. Save the option values known in an |
---|
3278 | * objv array for merging into a return options dictionary. |
---|
3279 | */ |
---|
3280 | |
---|
3281 | for (objc = 0; objc < numOptionWords; objc++) { |
---|
3282 | objv[objc] = Tcl_NewObj(); |
---|
3283 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(objv[objc]); |
---|
3284 | if (!TclWordKnownAtCompileTime(wordTokenPtr, objv[objc])) { |
---|
3285 | objc++; |
---|
3286 | status = TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3287 | goto cleanup; |
---|
3288 | } |
---|
3289 | wordTokenPtr = TokenAfter(wordTokenPtr); |
---|
3290 | } |
---|
3291 | status = TclMergeReturnOptions(interp, objc, objv, |
---|
3292 | &returnOpts, &code, &level); |
---|
3293 | cleanup: |
---|
3294 | while (--objc >= 0) { |
---|
3295 | TclDecrRefCount(objv[objc]); |
---|
3296 | } |
---|
3297 | TclStackFree(interp, objv); |
---|
3298 | if (TCL_ERROR == status) { |
---|
3299 | /* |
---|
3300 | * Something was bogus in the return options. Clear the error message, |
---|
3301 | * and report back to the compiler that this must be interpreted at |
---|
3302 | * runtime. |
---|
3303 | */ |
---|
3304 | |
---|
3305 | Tcl_ResetResult(interp); |
---|
3306 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3307 | } |
---|
3308 | |
---|
3309 | /* |
---|
3310 | * All options are known at compile time, so we're going to bytecompile. |
---|
3311 | * Emit instructions to push the result on the stack. |
---|
3312 | */ |
---|
3313 | |
---|
3314 | if (explicitResult) { |
---|
3315 | CompileWord(envPtr, wordTokenPtr, interp, numWords-1); |
---|
3316 | } else { |
---|
3317 | /* |
---|
3318 | * No explict result argument, so default result is empty string. |
---|
3319 | */ |
---|
3320 | |
---|
3321 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
3322 | } |
---|
3323 | |
---|
3324 | /* |
---|
3325 | * Check for optimization: When [return] is in a proc, and there's no |
---|
3326 | * enclosing [catch], and there are no return options, then the INST_DONE |
---|
3327 | * instruction is equivalent, and may be more efficient. |
---|
3328 | */ |
---|
3329 | |
---|
3330 | if (numOptionWords == 0 && envPtr->procPtr != NULL) { |
---|
3331 | /* |
---|
3332 | * We have default return options and we're in a proc ... |
---|
3333 | */ |
---|
3334 | |
---|
3335 | int index = envPtr->exceptArrayNext - 1; |
---|
3336 | int enclosingCatch = 0; |
---|
3337 | |
---|
3338 | while (index >= 0) { |
---|
3339 | ExceptionRange range = envPtr->exceptArrayPtr[index]; |
---|
3340 | if ((range.type == CATCH_EXCEPTION_RANGE) |
---|
3341 | && (range.catchOffset == -1)) { |
---|
3342 | enclosingCatch = 1; |
---|
3343 | break; |
---|
3344 | } |
---|
3345 | index--; |
---|
3346 | } |
---|
3347 | if (!enclosingCatch) { |
---|
3348 | /* |
---|
3349 | * ... and there is no enclosing catch. Issue the maximally |
---|
3350 | * efficient exit instruction. |
---|
3351 | */ |
---|
3352 | |
---|
3353 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(returnOpts); |
---|
3354 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_DONE, envPtr); |
---|
3355 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3356 | } |
---|
3357 | } |
---|
3358 | |
---|
3359 | /* Optimize [return -level 0 $x]. */ |
---|
3360 | Tcl_DictObjSize(NULL, returnOpts, &size); |
---|
3361 | if (size == 0 && level == 0 && code == TCL_OK) { |
---|
3362 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(returnOpts); |
---|
3363 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3364 | } |
---|
3365 | |
---|
3366 | /* |
---|
3367 | * Could not use the optimization, so we push the return options dict, and |
---|
3368 | * emit the INST_RETURN_IMM instruction with code and level as operands. |
---|
3369 | */ |
---|
3370 | |
---|
3371 | CompileReturnInternal(envPtr, INST_RETURN_IMM, code, level, returnOpts); |
---|
3372 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3373 | } |
---|
3374 | |
---|
3375 | static void |
---|
3376 | CompileReturnInternal( |
---|
3377 | CompileEnv *envPtr, |
---|
3378 | unsigned char op, |
---|
3379 | int code, |
---|
3380 | int level, |
---|
3381 | Tcl_Obj *returnOpts) |
---|
3382 | { |
---|
3383 | TclEmitPush(TclAddLiteralObj(envPtr, returnOpts, NULL), envPtr); |
---|
3384 | TclEmitInstInt4(op, code, envPtr); |
---|
3385 | TclEmitInt4(level, envPtr); |
---|
3386 | } |
---|
3387 | |
---|
3388 | void |
---|
3389 | TclCompileSyntaxError( |
---|
3390 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
3391 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
3392 | { |
---|
3393 | Tcl_Obj *msg = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); |
---|
3394 | int numBytes; |
---|
3395 | const char *bytes = TclGetStringFromObj(msg, &numBytes); |
---|
3396 | |
---|
3397 | TclEmitPush(TclRegisterNewLiteral(envPtr, bytes, numBytes), envPtr); |
---|
3398 | CompileReturnInternal(envPtr, INST_SYNTAX, TCL_ERROR, 0, |
---|
3399 | Tcl_GetReturnOptions(interp, TCL_ERROR)); |
---|
3400 | } |
---|
3401 | |
---|
3402 | /* |
---|
3403 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3404 | * |
---|
3405 | * TclCompileSetCmd -- |
---|
3406 | * |
---|
3407 | * Procedure called to compile the "set" command. |
---|
3408 | * |
---|
3409 | * Results: |
---|
3410 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
3411 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
3412 | * |
---|
3413 | * Side effects: |
---|
3414 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "set" command at |
---|
3415 | * runtime. |
---|
3416 | * |
---|
3417 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3418 | */ |
---|
3419 | |
---|
3420 | int |
---|
3421 | TclCompileSetCmd( |
---|
3422 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
3423 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
3424 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
3425 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
3426 | * compiled. */ |
---|
3427 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
3428 | { |
---|
3429 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, *valueTokenPtr; |
---|
3430 | int isAssignment, isScalar, simpleVarName, localIndex, numWords; |
---|
3431 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
3432 | |
---|
3433 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
3434 | if ((numWords != 2) && (numWords != 3)) { |
---|
3435 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3436 | } |
---|
3437 | isAssignment = (numWords == 3); |
---|
3438 | |
---|
3439 | /* |
---|
3440 | * Decide if we can use a frame slot for the var/array name or if we need |
---|
3441 | * to emit code to compute and push the name at runtime. We use a frame |
---|
3442 | * slot (entry in the array of local vars) if we are compiling a procedure |
---|
3443 | * body and if the name is simple text that does not include namespace |
---|
3444 | * qualifiers. |
---|
3445 | */ |
---|
3446 | |
---|
3447 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
3448 | PushVarName(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr, TCL_CREATE_VAR, |
---|
3449 | &localIndex, &simpleVarName, &isScalar, |
---|
3450 | mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]); |
---|
3451 | |
---|
3452 | /* |
---|
3453 | * If we are doing an assignment, push the new value. |
---|
3454 | */ |
---|
3455 | |
---|
3456 | if (isAssignment) { |
---|
3457 | valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
3458 | CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 2); |
---|
3459 | } |
---|
3460 | |
---|
3461 | /* |
---|
3462 | * Emit instructions to set/get the variable. |
---|
3463 | */ |
---|
3464 | |
---|
3465 | if (simpleVarName) { |
---|
3466 | if (isScalar) { |
---|
3467 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
3468 | TclEmitOpcode((isAssignment? |
---|
3469 | INST_STORE_SCALAR_STK : INST_LOAD_SCALAR_STK), envPtr); |
---|
3470 | } else if (localIndex <= 255) { |
---|
3471 | TclEmitInstInt1((isAssignment? |
---|
3472 | INST_STORE_SCALAR1 : INST_LOAD_SCALAR1), |
---|
3473 | localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
3474 | } else { |
---|
3475 | TclEmitInstInt4((isAssignment? |
---|
3476 | INST_STORE_SCALAR4 : INST_LOAD_SCALAR4), |
---|
3477 | localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
3478 | } |
---|
3479 | } else { |
---|
3480 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
3481 | TclEmitOpcode((isAssignment? |
---|
3482 | INST_STORE_ARRAY_STK : INST_LOAD_ARRAY_STK), envPtr); |
---|
3483 | } else if (localIndex <= 255) { |
---|
3484 | TclEmitInstInt1((isAssignment? |
---|
3485 | INST_STORE_ARRAY1 : INST_LOAD_ARRAY1), |
---|
3486 | localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
3487 | } else { |
---|
3488 | TclEmitInstInt4((isAssignment? |
---|
3489 | INST_STORE_ARRAY4 : INST_LOAD_ARRAY4), |
---|
3490 | localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
3491 | } |
---|
3492 | } |
---|
3493 | } else { |
---|
3494 | TclEmitOpcode((isAssignment? INST_STORE_STK : INST_LOAD_STK), envPtr); |
---|
3495 | } |
---|
3496 | |
---|
3497 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3498 | } |
---|
3499 | |
---|
3500 | /* |
---|
3501 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3502 | * |
---|
3503 | * TclCompileStringCmpCmd -- |
---|
3504 | * |
---|
3505 | * Procedure called to compile the simplest and most common form of the |
---|
3506 | * "string compare" command. |
---|
3507 | * |
---|
3508 | * Results: |
---|
3509 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
3510 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
3511 | * |
---|
3512 | * Side effects: |
---|
3513 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "string compare" |
---|
3514 | * command at runtime. |
---|
3515 | * |
---|
3516 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3517 | */ |
---|
3518 | |
---|
3519 | int |
---|
3520 | TclCompileStringCmpCmd( |
---|
3521 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
3522 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
3523 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
3524 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
3525 | * compiled. */ |
---|
3526 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
3527 | { |
---|
3528 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
3529 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
3530 | |
---|
3531 | /* |
---|
3532 | * We don't support any flags; the bytecode isn't that sophisticated. |
---|
3533 | */ |
---|
3534 | |
---|
3535 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 3) { |
---|
3536 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3537 | } |
---|
3538 | |
---|
3539 | /* |
---|
3540 | * Push the two operands onto the stack and then the test. |
---|
3541 | */ |
---|
3542 | |
---|
3543 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
3544 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
3545 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
3546 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 2); |
---|
3547 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STR_CMP, envPtr); |
---|
3548 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3549 | } |
---|
3550 | |
---|
3551 | /* |
---|
3552 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3553 | * |
---|
3554 | * TclCompileStringEqualCmd -- |
---|
3555 | * |
---|
3556 | * Procedure called to compile the simplest and most common form of the |
---|
3557 | * "string equal" command. |
---|
3558 | * |
---|
3559 | * Results: |
---|
3560 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
3561 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
3562 | * |
---|
3563 | * Side effects: |
---|
3564 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "string equal" command |
---|
3565 | * at runtime. |
---|
3566 | * |
---|
3567 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3568 | */ |
---|
3569 | |
---|
3570 | int |
---|
3571 | TclCompileStringEqualCmd( |
---|
3572 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
3573 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
3574 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
3575 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
3576 | * compiled. */ |
---|
3577 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
3578 | { |
---|
3579 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
3580 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
3581 | |
---|
3582 | /* |
---|
3583 | * We don't support any flags; the bytecode isn't that sophisticated. |
---|
3584 | */ |
---|
3585 | |
---|
3586 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 3) { |
---|
3587 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3588 | } |
---|
3589 | |
---|
3590 | /* |
---|
3591 | * Push the two operands onto the stack and then the test. |
---|
3592 | */ |
---|
3593 | |
---|
3594 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
3595 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
3596 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
3597 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 2); |
---|
3598 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STR_EQ, envPtr); |
---|
3599 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3600 | } |
---|
3601 | |
---|
3602 | /* |
---|
3603 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3604 | * |
---|
3605 | * TclCompileStringIndexCmd -- |
---|
3606 | * |
---|
3607 | * Procedure called to compile the simplest and most common form of the |
---|
3608 | * "string index" command. |
---|
3609 | * |
---|
3610 | * Results: |
---|
3611 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
3612 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
3613 | * |
---|
3614 | * Side effects: |
---|
3615 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "string index" command |
---|
3616 | * at runtime. |
---|
3617 | * |
---|
3618 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3619 | */ |
---|
3620 | |
---|
3621 | int |
---|
3622 | TclCompileStringIndexCmd( |
---|
3623 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
3624 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
3625 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
3626 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
3627 | * compiled. */ |
---|
3628 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
3629 | { |
---|
3630 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
3631 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
3632 | |
---|
3633 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 3) { |
---|
3634 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3635 | } |
---|
3636 | |
---|
3637 | /* |
---|
3638 | * Push the two operands onto the stack and then the index operation. |
---|
3639 | */ |
---|
3640 | |
---|
3641 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
3642 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
3643 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
3644 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 2); |
---|
3645 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STR_INDEX, envPtr); |
---|
3646 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3647 | } |
---|
3648 | |
---|
3649 | /* |
---|
3650 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3651 | * |
---|
3652 | * TclCompileStringMatchCmd -- |
---|
3653 | * |
---|
3654 | * Procedure called to compile the simplest and most common form of the |
---|
3655 | * "string match" command. |
---|
3656 | * |
---|
3657 | * Results: |
---|
3658 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
3659 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
3660 | * |
---|
3661 | * Side effects: |
---|
3662 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "string match" command |
---|
3663 | * at runtime. |
---|
3664 | * |
---|
3665 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3666 | */ |
---|
3667 | |
---|
3668 | int |
---|
3669 | TclCompileStringMatchCmd( |
---|
3670 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
3671 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
3672 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
3673 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
3674 | * compiled. */ |
---|
3675 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
3676 | { |
---|
3677 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
3678 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
3679 | int i, length, exactMatch = 0, nocase = 0; |
---|
3680 | const char *str; |
---|
3681 | |
---|
3682 | if (parsePtr->numWords < 3 || parsePtr->numWords > 4) { |
---|
3683 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3684 | } |
---|
3685 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
3686 | |
---|
3687 | /* |
---|
3688 | * Check if we have a -nocase flag. |
---|
3689 | */ |
---|
3690 | |
---|
3691 | if (parsePtr->numWords == 4) { |
---|
3692 | if (tokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
3693 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3694 | } |
---|
3695 | str = tokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
3696 | length = tokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
3697 | if ((length <= 1) || strncmp(str, "-nocase", (size_t) length)) { |
---|
3698 | /* |
---|
3699 | * Fail at run time, not in compilation. |
---|
3700 | */ |
---|
3701 | |
---|
3702 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3703 | } |
---|
3704 | nocase = 1; |
---|
3705 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
3706 | } |
---|
3707 | |
---|
3708 | /* |
---|
3709 | * Push the strings to match against each other. |
---|
3710 | */ |
---|
3711 | |
---|
3712 | for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) { |
---|
3713 | if (tokenPtr->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
3714 | str = tokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
3715 | length = tokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
3716 | if (!nocase && (i == 0)) { |
---|
3717 | /* |
---|
3718 | * Trivial matches can be done by 'string equal'. If -nocase |
---|
3719 | * was specified, we can't do this because INST_STR_EQ has no |
---|
3720 | * support for nocase. |
---|
3721 | */ |
---|
3722 | |
---|
3723 | Tcl_Obj *copy = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, length); |
---|
3724 | |
---|
3725 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(copy); |
---|
3726 | exactMatch = TclMatchIsTrivial(TclGetString(copy)); |
---|
3727 | TclDecrRefCount(copy); |
---|
3728 | } |
---|
3729 | PushLiteral(envPtr, str, length); |
---|
3730 | } else { |
---|
3731 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[i+1+nocase]; |
---|
3732 | CompileTokens(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp); |
---|
3733 | } |
---|
3734 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
3735 | } |
---|
3736 | |
---|
3737 | /* |
---|
3738 | * Push the matcher. |
---|
3739 | */ |
---|
3740 | |
---|
3741 | if (exactMatch) { |
---|
3742 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STR_EQ, envPtr); |
---|
3743 | } else { |
---|
3744 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STR_MATCH, nocase, envPtr); |
---|
3745 | } |
---|
3746 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3747 | } |
---|
3748 | |
---|
3749 | /* |
---|
3750 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3751 | * |
---|
3752 | * TclCompileStringLenCmd -- |
---|
3753 | * |
---|
3754 | * Procedure called to compile the simplest and most common form of the |
---|
3755 | * "string length" command. |
---|
3756 | * |
---|
3757 | * Results: |
---|
3758 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
3759 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
3760 | * |
---|
3761 | * Side effects: |
---|
3762 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "string length" |
---|
3763 | * command at runtime. |
---|
3764 | * |
---|
3765 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3766 | */ |
---|
3767 | |
---|
3768 | int |
---|
3769 | TclCompileStringLenCmd( |
---|
3770 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
3771 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
3772 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
3773 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
3774 | * compiled. */ |
---|
3775 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
3776 | { |
---|
3777 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
3778 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
3779 | |
---|
3780 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 2) { |
---|
3781 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3782 | } |
---|
3783 | |
---|
3784 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
3785 | if (tokenPtr->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
3786 | /* |
---|
3787 | * Here someone is asking for the length of a static string. Just push |
---|
3788 | * the actual character (not byte) length. |
---|
3789 | */ |
---|
3790 | |
---|
3791 | char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; |
---|
3792 | int len = Tcl_NumUtfChars(tokenPtr[1].start, tokenPtr[1].size); |
---|
3793 | |
---|
3794 | len = sprintf(buf, "%d", len); |
---|
3795 | PushLiteral(envPtr, buf, len); |
---|
3796 | } else { |
---|
3797 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]; |
---|
3798 | CompileTokens(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp); |
---|
3799 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STR_LEN, envPtr); |
---|
3800 | } |
---|
3801 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
3802 | } |
---|
3803 | |
---|
3804 | /* |
---|
3805 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3806 | * |
---|
3807 | * TclCompileSwitchCmd -- |
---|
3808 | * |
---|
3809 | * Procedure called to compile the "switch" command. |
---|
3810 | * |
---|
3811 | * Results: |
---|
3812 | * Returns TCL_OK for successful compile, or TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
3813 | * evaluation to runtime (either when it is too complex to get the |
---|
3814 | * semantics right, or when we know for sure that it is an error but need |
---|
3815 | * the error to happen at the right time). |
---|
3816 | * |
---|
3817 | * Side effects: |
---|
3818 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "switch" command at |
---|
3819 | * runtime. |
---|
3820 | * |
---|
3821 | * FIXME: |
---|
3822 | * Stack depths are probably not calculated correctly. |
---|
3823 | * |
---|
3824 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
3825 | */ |
---|
3826 | |
---|
3827 | int |
---|
3828 | TclCompileSwitchCmd( |
---|
3829 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
3830 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
3831 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
3832 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
3833 | * compiled. */ |
---|
3834 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
3835 | { |
---|
3836 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; /* Pointer to tokens in command. */ |
---|
3837 | int numWords; /* Number of words in command. */ |
---|
3838 | |
---|
3839 | Tcl_Token *valueTokenPtr; /* Token for the value to switch on. */ |
---|
3840 | enum {Switch_Exact, Switch_Glob, Switch_Regexp} mode; |
---|
3841 | /* What kind of switch are we doing? */ |
---|
3842 | |
---|
3843 | Tcl_Token *bodyTokenArray; /* Array of real pattern list items. */ |
---|
3844 | Tcl_Token **bodyToken; /* Array of pointers to pattern list items. */ |
---|
3845 | int *bodyLines; /* Array of line numbers for body list |
---|
3846 | * items. */ |
---|
3847 | int foundDefault; /* Flag to indicate whether a "default" clause |
---|
3848 | * is present. */ |
---|
3849 | |
---|
3850 | JumpFixup *fixupArray; /* Array of forward-jump fixup records. */ |
---|
3851 | int *fixupTargetArray; /* Array of places for fixups to point at. */ |
---|
3852 | int fixupCount; /* Number of places to fix up. */ |
---|
3853 | int contFixIndex; /* Where the first of the jumps due to a group |
---|
3854 | * of continuation bodies starts, or -1 if |
---|
3855 | * there aren't any. */ |
---|
3856 | int contFixCount; /* Number of continuation bodies pointing to |
---|
3857 | * the current (or next) real body. */ |
---|
3858 | |
---|
3859 | int savedStackDepth = envPtr->currStackDepth; |
---|
3860 | int noCase; /* Has the -nocase flag been given? */ |
---|
3861 | int foundMode = 0; /* Have we seen a mode flag yet? */ |
---|
3862 | int isListedArms = 0; |
---|
3863 | int i, valueIndex; |
---|
3864 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
3865 | |
---|
3866 | /* |
---|
3867 | * Only handle the following versions: |
---|
3868 | * switch ?--? word {pattern body ...} |
---|
3869 | * switch -exact ?--? word {pattern body ...} |
---|
3870 | * switch -glob ?--? word {pattern body ...} |
---|
3871 | * switch -regexp ?--? word {pattern body ...} |
---|
3872 | * switch -- word simpleWordPattern simpleWordBody ... |
---|
3873 | * switch -exact -- word simpleWordPattern simpleWordBody ... |
---|
3874 | * switch -glob -- word simpleWordPattern simpleWordBody ... |
---|
3875 | * switch -regexp -- word simpleWordPattern simpleWordBody ... |
---|
3876 | * When the mode is -glob, can also handle a -nocase flag. |
---|
3877 | * |
---|
3878 | * First off, we don't care how the command's word was generated; we're |
---|
3879 | * compiling it anyway! So skip it... |
---|
3880 | */ |
---|
3881 | |
---|
3882 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
3883 | valueIndex = 1; |
---|
3884 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords-1; |
---|
3885 | |
---|
3886 | /* |
---|
3887 | * Check for options. |
---|
3888 | */ |
---|
3889 | |
---|
3890 | noCase = 0; |
---|
3891 | mode = Switch_Exact; |
---|
3892 | if (numWords == 2) { |
---|
3893 | /* |
---|
3894 | * There's just the switch value and the bodies list. In that case, we |
---|
3895 | * can skip all option parsing and move on to consider switch values |
---|
3896 | * and the body list. |
---|
3897 | */ |
---|
3898 | |
---|
3899 | goto finishedOptionParse; |
---|
3900 | } |
---|
3901 | |
---|
3902 | /* |
---|
3903 | * There must be at least one option, --, because without that there is no |
---|
3904 | * way to statically avoid the problems you get from strings-to-be-matched |
---|
3905 | * that start with a - (the interpreted code falls apart if it encounters |
---|
3906 | * them, so we punt if we *might* encounter them as that is the easiest |
---|
3907 | * way of emulating the behaviour). |
---|
3908 | */ |
---|
3909 | |
---|
3910 | for (; numWords>=3 ; tokenPtr=TokenAfter(tokenPtr),numWords--) { |
---|
3911 | register unsigned size = tokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
3912 | register const char *chrs = tokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
3913 | |
---|
3914 | /* |
---|
3915 | * We only process literal options, and we assume that -e, -g and -n |
---|
3916 | * are unique prefixes of -exact, -glob and -nocase respectively (true |
---|
3917 | * at time of writing). Note that -exact and -glob may only be given |
---|
3918 | * at most once or we bail out (error case). |
---|
3919 | */ |
---|
3920 | |
---|
3921 | if (tokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD || size < 2) { |
---|
3922 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3923 | } |
---|
3924 | |
---|
3925 | if ((size <= 6) && !memcmp(chrs, "-exact", size)) { |
---|
3926 | if (foundMode) { |
---|
3927 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3928 | } |
---|
3929 | mode = Switch_Exact; |
---|
3930 | foundMode = 1; |
---|
3931 | valueIndex++; |
---|
3932 | continue; |
---|
3933 | } else if ((size <= 5) && !memcmp(chrs, "-glob", size)) { |
---|
3934 | if (foundMode) { |
---|
3935 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3936 | } |
---|
3937 | mode = Switch_Glob; |
---|
3938 | foundMode = 1; |
---|
3939 | valueIndex++; |
---|
3940 | continue; |
---|
3941 | } else if ((size <= 7) && !memcmp(chrs, "-regexp", size)) { |
---|
3942 | if (foundMode) { |
---|
3943 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3944 | } |
---|
3945 | mode = Switch_Regexp; |
---|
3946 | foundMode = 1; |
---|
3947 | valueIndex++; |
---|
3948 | continue; |
---|
3949 | } else if ((size <= 7) && !memcmp(chrs, "-nocase", size)) { |
---|
3950 | noCase = 1; |
---|
3951 | valueIndex++; |
---|
3952 | continue; |
---|
3953 | } else if ((size == 2) && !memcmp(chrs, "--", 2)) { |
---|
3954 | valueIndex++; |
---|
3955 | break; |
---|
3956 | } |
---|
3957 | |
---|
3958 | /* |
---|
3959 | * The switch command has many flags we cannot compile at all (e.g. |
---|
3960 | * all the RE-related ones) which we must have encountered. Either |
---|
3961 | * that or we have run off the end. The action here is the same: punt |
---|
3962 | * to interpreted version. |
---|
3963 | */ |
---|
3964 | |
---|
3965 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3966 | } |
---|
3967 | if (numWords < 3) { |
---|
3968 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3969 | } |
---|
3970 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
3971 | numWords--; |
---|
3972 | if (noCase && (mode == Switch_Exact)) { |
---|
3973 | /* |
---|
3974 | * Can't compile this case; no opcode for case-insensitive equality! |
---|
3975 | */ |
---|
3976 | |
---|
3977 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
3978 | } |
---|
3979 | |
---|
3980 | /* |
---|
3981 | * The value to test against is going to always get pushed on the stack. |
---|
3982 | * But not yet; we need to verify that the rest of the command is |
---|
3983 | * compilable too. |
---|
3984 | */ |
---|
3985 | |
---|
3986 | finishedOptionParse: |
---|
3987 | valueTokenPtr = tokenPtr; |
---|
3988 | /* For valueIndex, see previous loop. */ |
---|
3989 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
3990 | numWords--; |
---|
3991 | |
---|
3992 | /* |
---|
3993 | * Build an array of tokens for the matcher terms and script bodies. Note |
---|
3994 | * that in the case of the quoted bodies, this is tricky as we cannot use |
---|
3995 | * copies of the string from the input token for the generated tokens (it |
---|
3996 | * causes a crash during exception handling). When multiple tokens are |
---|
3997 | * available at this point, this is pretty easy. |
---|
3998 | */ |
---|
3999 | |
---|
4000 | if (numWords == 1) { |
---|
4001 | Tcl_DString bodyList; |
---|
4002 | const char **argv = NULL, *tokenStartPtr, *p; |
---|
4003 | int bline; /* TIP #280: line of the pattern/action list, |
---|
4004 | * and start of list for when tracking the |
---|
4005 | * location. This list comes immediately after |
---|
4006 | * the value we switch on. */ |
---|
4007 | int isTokenBraced; |
---|
4008 | |
---|
4009 | /* |
---|
4010 | * Test that we've got a suitable body list as a simple (i.e. braced) |
---|
4011 | * word, and that the elements of the body are simple words too. This |
---|
4012 | * is really rather nasty indeed. |
---|
4013 | */ |
---|
4014 | |
---|
4015 | if (tokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
4016 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
4017 | } |
---|
4018 | |
---|
4019 | Tcl_DStringInit(&bodyList); |
---|
4020 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&bodyList, tokenPtr[1].start, tokenPtr[1].size); |
---|
4021 | if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&bodyList), &numWords, |
---|
4022 | &argv) != TCL_OK) { |
---|
4023 | Tcl_DStringFree(&bodyList); |
---|
4024 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
4025 | } |
---|
4026 | Tcl_DStringFree(&bodyList); |
---|
4027 | |
---|
4028 | /* |
---|
4029 | * Now we know what the switch arms are, we've got to see whether we |
---|
4030 | * can synthesize tokens for the arms. First check whether we've got a |
---|
4031 | * valid number of arms since we can do that now. |
---|
4032 | */ |
---|
4033 | |
---|
4034 | if (numWords == 0 || numWords % 2) { |
---|
4035 | ckfree((char *) argv); |
---|
4036 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
4037 | } |
---|
4038 | |
---|
4039 | isListedArms = 1; |
---|
4040 | bodyTokenArray = (Tcl_Token *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Token) * numWords); |
---|
4041 | bodyToken = (Tcl_Token **) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Token *) * numWords); |
---|
4042 | bodyLines = (int *) ckalloc(sizeof(int) * numWords); |
---|
4043 | |
---|
4044 | /* |
---|
4045 | * Locate the start of the arms within the overall word. |
---|
4046 | */ |
---|
4047 | |
---|
4048 | bline = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[valueIndex+1]; |
---|
4049 | p = tokenStartPtr = tokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
4050 | while (isspace(UCHAR(*tokenStartPtr))) { |
---|
4051 | tokenStartPtr++; |
---|
4052 | } |
---|
4053 | if (*tokenStartPtr == '{') { |
---|
4054 | tokenStartPtr++; |
---|
4055 | isTokenBraced = 1; |
---|
4056 | } else { |
---|
4057 | isTokenBraced = 0; |
---|
4058 | } |
---|
4059 | |
---|
4060 | /* |
---|
4061 | * TIP #280: Count lines within the literal list. |
---|
4062 | */ |
---|
4063 | |
---|
4064 | for (i=0 ; i<numWords ; i++) { |
---|
4065 | bodyTokenArray[i].type = TCL_TOKEN_TEXT; |
---|
4066 | bodyTokenArray[i].start = tokenStartPtr; |
---|
4067 | bodyTokenArray[i].size = strlen(argv[i]); |
---|
4068 | bodyTokenArray[i].numComponents = 0; |
---|
4069 | bodyToken[i] = bodyTokenArray+i; |
---|
4070 | tokenStartPtr += bodyTokenArray[i].size; |
---|
4071 | |
---|
4072 | /* |
---|
4073 | * Test to see if we have guessed the end of the word correctly; |
---|
4074 | * if not, we can't feed the real string to the sub-compilation |
---|
4075 | * engine, and we're then stuck and so have to punt out to doing |
---|
4076 | * everything at runtime. |
---|
4077 | */ |
---|
4078 | |
---|
4079 | if ((isTokenBraced && *(tokenStartPtr++) != '}') || |
---|
4080 | (tokenStartPtr < tokenPtr[1].start+tokenPtr[1].size |
---|
4081 | && !isspace(UCHAR(*tokenStartPtr)))) { |
---|
4082 | ckfree((char *) argv); |
---|
4083 | ckfree((char *) bodyToken); |
---|
4084 | ckfree((char *) bodyTokenArray); |
---|
4085 | ckfree((char *) bodyLines); |
---|
4086 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
4087 | } |
---|
4088 | |
---|
4089 | /* |
---|
4090 | * TIP #280: Now determine the line the list element starts on |
---|
4091 | * (there is no need to do it earlier, due to the possibility of |
---|
4092 | * aborting, see above). |
---|
4093 | */ |
---|
4094 | |
---|
4095 | TclAdvanceLines(&bline, p, bodyTokenArray[i].start); |
---|
4096 | bodyLines[i] = bline; |
---|
4097 | p = bodyTokenArray[i].start; |
---|
4098 | |
---|
4099 | while (isspace(UCHAR(*tokenStartPtr))) { |
---|
4100 | tokenStartPtr++; |
---|
4101 | if (tokenStartPtr >= tokenPtr[1].start+tokenPtr[1].size) { |
---|
4102 | break; |
---|
4103 | } |
---|
4104 | } |
---|
4105 | if (*tokenStartPtr == '{') { |
---|
4106 | tokenStartPtr++; |
---|
4107 | isTokenBraced = 1; |
---|
4108 | } else { |
---|
4109 | isTokenBraced = 0; |
---|
4110 | } |
---|
4111 | } |
---|
4112 | ckfree((char *) argv); |
---|
4113 | |
---|
4114 | /* |
---|
4115 | * Check that we've parsed everything we thought we were going to |
---|
4116 | * parse. If not, something odd is going on (I believe it is possible |
---|
4117 | * to defeat the code above) and we should bail out. |
---|
4118 | */ |
---|
4119 | |
---|
4120 | if (tokenStartPtr != tokenPtr[1].start+tokenPtr[1].size) { |
---|
4121 | ckfree((char *) bodyToken); |
---|
4122 | ckfree((char *) bodyTokenArray); |
---|
4123 | ckfree((char *) bodyLines); |
---|
4124 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
4125 | } |
---|
4126 | |
---|
4127 | } else if (numWords % 2 || numWords == 0) { |
---|
4128 | /* |
---|
4129 | * Odd number of words (>1) available, or no words at all available. |
---|
4130 | * Both are error cases, so punt and let the interpreted-version |
---|
4131 | * generate the error message. Note that the second case probably |
---|
4132 | * should get caught earlier, but it's easy to check here again anyway |
---|
4133 | * because it'd cause a nasty crash otherwise. |
---|
4134 | */ |
---|
4135 | |
---|
4136 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
4137 | } else { |
---|
4138 | /* |
---|
4139 | * Multi-word definition of patterns & actions. |
---|
4140 | */ |
---|
4141 | |
---|
4142 | bodyToken = (Tcl_Token **) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Token *) * numWords); |
---|
4143 | bodyLines = (int *) ckalloc(sizeof(int) * numWords); |
---|
4144 | bodyTokenArray = NULL; |
---|
4145 | for (i=0 ; i<numWords ; i++) { |
---|
4146 | /* |
---|
4147 | * We only handle the very simplest case. Anything more complex is |
---|
4148 | * a good reason to go to the interpreted case anyway due to |
---|
4149 | * traces, etc. |
---|
4150 | */ |
---|
4151 | |
---|
4152 | if (tokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD || |
---|
4153 | tokenPtr->numComponents != 1) { |
---|
4154 | ckfree((char *) bodyToken); |
---|
4155 | ckfree((char *) bodyLines); |
---|
4156 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
4157 | } |
---|
4158 | bodyToken[i] = tokenPtr+1; |
---|
4159 | |
---|
4160 | /* |
---|
4161 | * TIP #280: Copy line information from regular cmd info. |
---|
4162 | */ |
---|
4163 | |
---|
4164 | bodyLines[i] = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[valueIndex+1+i]; |
---|
4165 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
4166 | } |
---|
4167 | } |
---|
4168 | |
---|
4169 | /* |
---|
4170 | * Fall back to interpreted if the last body is a continuation (it's |
---|
4171 | * illegal, but this makes the error happen at the right time). |
---|
4172 | */ |
---|
4173 | |
---|
4174 | if (bodyToken[numWords-1]->size == 1 && |
---|
4175 | bodyToken[numWords-1]->start[0] == '-') { |
---|
4176 | ckfree((char *) bodyToken); |
---|
4177 | ckfree((char *) bodyLines); |
---|
4178 | if (bodyTokenArray != NULL) { |
---|
4179 | ckfree((char *) bodyTokenArray); |
---|
4180 | } |
---|
4181 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
4182 | } |
---|
4183 | |
---|
4184 | /* |
---|
4185 | * Now we commit to generating code; the parsing stage per se is done. |
---|
4186 | * First, we push the value we're matching against on the stack. |
---|
4187 | */ |
---|
4188 | |
---|
4189 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[valueIndex]; |
---|
4190 | CompileTokens(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
4191 | |
---|
4192 | /* |
---|
4193 | * Check if we can generate a jump table, since if so that's faster than |
---|
4194 | * doing an explicit compare with each body. Note that we're definitely |
---|
4195 | * over-conservative with determining whether we can do the jump table, |
---|
4196 | * but it handles the most common case well enough. |
---|
4197 | */ |
---|
4198 | |
---|
4199 | if (isListedArms && mode == Switch_Exact && !noCase) { |
---|
4200 | JumptableInfo *jtPtr; |
---|
4201 | int infoIndex, isNew, *finalFixups, numRealBodies = 0, jumpLocation; |
---|
4202 | int mustGenerate, jumpToDefault; |
---|
4203 | Tcl_DString buffer; |
---|
4204 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; |
---|
4205 | |
---|
4206 | /* |
---|
4207 | * Compile the switch by using a jump table, which is basically a |
---|
4208 | * hashtable that maps from literal values to match against to the |
---|
4209 | * offset (relative to the INST_JUMP_TABLE instruction) to jump to. |
---|
4210 | * The jump table itself is independent of any invokation of the |
---|
4211 | * bytecode, and as such is stored in an auxData block. |
---|
4212 | * |
---|
4213 | * Start by allocating the jump table itself, plus some workspace. |
---|
4214 | */ |
---|
4215 | |
---|
4216 | jtPtr = (JumptableInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo)); |
---|
4217 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&jtPtr->hashTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); |
---|
4218 | infoIndex = TclCreateAuxData(jtPtr, &tclJumptableInfoType, envPtr); |
---|
4219 | finalFixups = (int *) ckalloc(sizeof(int) * (numWords/2)); |
---|
4220 | foundDefault = 0; |
---|
4221 | mustGenerate = 1; |
---|
4222 | |
---|
4223 | /* |
---|
4224 | * Next, issue the instruction to do the jump, together with what we |
---|
4225 | * want to do if things do not work out (jump to either the default |
---|
4226 | * clause or the "default" default, which just sets the result to |
---|
4227 | * empty). Note that we will come back and rewrite the jump's offset |
---|
4228 | * parameter when we know what it should be, and that all jumps we |
---|
4229 | * issue are of the wide kind because that makes the code much easier |
---|
4230 | * to debug! |
---|
4231 | */ |
---|
4232 | |
---|
4233 | jumpLocation = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
4234 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_JUMP_TABLE, infoIndex, envPtr); |
---|
4235 | jumpToDefault = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
4236 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_JUMP4, 0, envPtr); |
---|
4237 | |
---|
4238 | for (i=0 ; i<numWords ; i+=2) { |
---|
4239 | /* |
---|
4240 | * For each arm, we must first work out what to do with the match |
---|
4241 | * term. |
---|
4242 | */ |
---|
4243 | |
---|
4244 | if (i!=numWords-2 || bodyToken[numWords-2]->size != 7 || |
---|
4245 | memcmp(bodyToken[numWords-2]->start, "default", 7)) { |
---|
4246 | /* |
---|
4247 | * This is not a default clause, so insert the current |
---|
4248 | * location as a target in the jump table (assuming it isn't |
---|
4249 | * already there, which would indicate that this clause is |
---|
4250 | * probably masked by an earlier one). Note that we use a |
---|
4251 | * Tcl_DString here simply because the hash API does not let |
---|
4252 | * us specify the string length. |
---|
4253 | */ |
---|
4254 | |
---|
4255 | Tcl_DStringInit(&buffer); |
---|
4256 | Tcl_DStringAppend(&buffer, bodyToken[i]->start, |
---|
4257 | bodyToken[i]->size); |
---|
4258 | hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&jtPtr->hashTable, |
---|
4259 | Tcl_DStringValue(&buffer), &isNew); |
---|
4260 | if (isNew) { |
---|
4261 | /* |
---|
4262 | * First time we've encountered this match clause, so it |
---|
4263 | * must point to here. |
---|
4264 | */ |
---|
4265 | |
---|
4266 | Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, (ClientData) |
---|
4267 | (CurrentOffset(envPtr) - jumpLocation)); |
---|
4268 | } |
---|
4269 | Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer); |
---|
4270 | } else { |
---|
4271 | /* |
---|
4272 | * This is a default clause, so patch up the fallthrough from |
---|
4273 | * the INST_JUMP_TABLE instruction to here. |
---|
4274 | */ |
---|
4275 | |
---|
4276 | foundDefault = 1; |
---|
4277 | isNew = 1; |
---|
4278 | TclStoreInt4AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr)-jumpToDefault, |
---|
4279 | envPtr->codeStart+jumpToDefault+1); |
---|
4280 | } |
---|
4281 | |
---|
4282 | /* |
---|
4283 | * Now, for each arm we must deal with the body of the clause. |
---|
4284 | * |
---|
4285 | * If this is a continuation body (never true of a final clause, |
---|
4286 | * whether default or not) we're done because the next jump target |
---|
4287 | * will also point here, so we advance to the next clause. |
---|
4288 | */ |
---|
4289 | |
---|
4290 | if (bodyToken[i+1]->size == 1 && bodyToken[i+1]->start[0] == '-') { |
---|
4291 | mustGenerate = 1; |
---|
4292 | continue; |
---|
4293 | } |
---|
4294 | |
---|
4295 | /* |
---|
4296 | * Also skip this arm if its only match clause is masked. (We |
---|
4297 | * could probably be more aggressive about this, but that would be |
---|
4298 | * much more difficult to get right.) |
---|
4299 | */ |
---|
4300 | |
---|
4301 | if (!isNew && !mustGenerate) { |
---|
4302 | continue; |
---|
4303 | } |
---|
4304 | mustGenerate = 0; |
---|
4305 | |
---|
4306 | /* |
---|
4307 | * Compile the body of the arm. |
---|
4308 | */ |
---|
4309 | |
---|
4310 | envPtr->line = bodyLines[i+1]; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
4311 | TclCompileCmdWord(interp, bodyToken[i+1], 1, envPtr); |
---|
4312 | |
---|
4313 | /* |
---|
4314 | * Compile a jump in to the end of the command if this body is |
---|
4315 | * anything other than a user-supplied default arm (to either skip |
---|
4316 | * over the remaining bodies or the code that generates an empty |
---|
4317 | * result). |
---|
4318 | */ |
---|
4319 | |
---|
4320 | if (i+2 < numWords || !foundDefault) { |
---|
4321 | finalFixups[numRealBodies++] = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
4322 | |
---|
4323 | /* |
---|
4324 | * Easier by far to issue this jump as a fixed-width jump. |
---|
4325 | * Otherwise we'd need to do a lot more (and more awkward) |
---|
4326 | * rewriting when we fixed this all up. |
---|
4327 | */ |
---|
4328 | |
---|
4329 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_JUMP4, 0, envPtr); |
---|
4330 | } |
---|
4331 | } |
---|
4332 | |
---|
4333 | /* |
---|
4334 | * We're at the end. If we've not already done so through the |
---|
4335 | * processing of a user-supplied default clause, add in a "default" |
---|
4336 | * default clause now. |
---|
4337 | */ |
---|
4338 | |
---|
4339 | if (!foundDefault) { |
---|
4340 | TclStoreInt4AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr)-jumpToDefault, |
---|
4341 | envPtr->codeStart+jumpToDefault+1); |
---|
4342 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
4343 | } |
---|
4344 | |
---|
4345 | /* |
---|
4346 | * No more instructions to be issued; everything that needs to jump to |
---|
4347 | * the end of the command is fixed up at this point. |
---|
4348 | */ |
---|
4349 | |
---|
4350 | for (i=0 ; i<numRealBodies ; i++) { |
---|
4351 | TclStoreInt4AtPtr(CurrentOffset(envPtr)-finalFixups[i], |
---|
4352 | envPtr->codeStart+finalFixups[i]+1); |
---|
4353 | } |
---|
4354 | |
---|
4355 | /* |
---|
4356 | * Clean up all our temporary space and return. |
---|
4357 | */ |
---|
4358 | |
---|
4359 | ckfree((char *) finalFixups); |
---|
4360 | ckfree((char *) bodyToken); |
---|
4361 | ckfree((char *) bodyLines); |
---|
4362 | if (bodyTokenArray != NULL) { |
---|
4363 | ckfree((char *) bodyTokenArray); |
---|
4364 | } |
---|
4365 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
4366 | } |
---|
4367 | |
---|
4368 | /* |
---|
4369 | * Generate a test for each arm. |
---|
4370 | */ |
---|
4371 | |
---|
4372 | contFixIndex = -1; |
---|
4373 | contFixCount = 0; |
---|
4374 | fixupArray = (JumpFixup *) ckalloc(sizeof(JumpFixup) * numWords); |
---|
4375 | fixupTargetArray = (int *) ckalloc(sizeof(int) * numWords); |
---|
4376 | memset(fixupTargetArray, 0, numWords * sizeof(int)); |
---|
4377 | fixupCount = 0; |
---|
4378 | foundDefault = 0; |
---|
4379 | for (i=0 ; i<numWords ; i+=2) { |
---|
4380 | int nextArmFixupIndex = -1; |
---|
4381 | |
---|
4382 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
4383 | if (i!=numWords-2 || bodyToken[numWords-2]->size != 7 || |
---|
4384 | memcmp(bodyToken[numWords-2]->start, "default", 7)) { |
---|
4385 | /* |
---|
4386 | * Generate the test for the arm. |
---|
4387 | */ |
---|
4388 | |
---|
4389 | switch (mode) { |
---|
4390 | case Switch_Exact: |
---|
4391 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_DUP, envPtr); |
---|
4392 | TclCompileTokens(interp, bodyToken[i], 1, envPtr); |
---|
4393 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STR_EQ, envPtr); |
---|
4394 | break; |
---|
4395 | case Switch_Glob: |
---|
4396 | TclCompileTokens(interp, bodyToken[i], 1, envPtr); |
---|
4397 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_OVER, 1, envPtr); |
---|
4398 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STR_MATCH, noCase, envPtr); |
---|
4399 | break; |
---|
4400 | case Switch_Regexp: { |
---|
4401 | int simple = 0, exact = 0; |
---|
4402 | |
---|
4403 | /* |
---|
4404 | * Keep in sync with TclCompileRegexpCmd. |
---|
4405 | */ |
---|
4406 | |
---|
4407 | if (bodyToken[i]->type == TCL_TOKEN_TEXT) { |
---|
4408 | Tcl_DString ds; |
---|
4409 | |
---|
4410 | if (bodyToken[i]->size == 0) { |
---|
4411 | /* |
---|
4412 | * The semantics of regexps are that they always match |
---|
4413 | * when the RE == "". |
---|
4414 | */ |
---|
4415 | |
---|
4416 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "1", 1); |
---|
4417 | break; |
---|
4418 | } |
---|
4419 | |
---|
4420 | /* |
---|
4421 | * Attempt to convert pattern to glob. If successful, push |
---|
4422 | * the converted pattern. |
---|
4423 | */ |
---|
4424 | |
---|
4425 | if (TclReToGlob(NULL, bodyToken[i]->start, |
---|
4426 | bodyToken[i]->size, &ds, &exact) == TCL_OK) { |
---|
4427 | simple = 1; |
---|
4428 | PushLiteral(envPtr, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), |
---|
4429 | Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); |
---|
4430 | Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); |
---|
4431 | } |
---|
4432 | } |
---|
4433 | if (!simple) { |
---|
4434 | TclCompileTokens(interp, bodyToken[i], 1, envPtr); |
---|
4435 | } |
---|
4436 | |
---|
4437 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_OVER, 1, envPtr); |
---|
4438 | if (simple) { |
---|
4439 | if (exact && !noCase) { |
---|
4440 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_STR_EQ, envPtr); |
---|
4441 | } else { |
---|
4442 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STR_MATCH, noCase, envPtr); |
---|
4443 | } |
---|
4444 | } else { |
---|
4445 | /* |
---|
4446 | * Pass correct RE compile flags. We use only Int1 |
---|
4447 | * (8-bit), but that handles all the flags we want to |
---|
4448 | * pass. Don't use TCL_REG_NOSUB as we may have backrefs |
---|
4449 | * or capture vars. |
---|
4450 | */ |
---|
4451 | |
---|
4452 | int cflags = TCL_REG_ADVANCED |
---|
4453 | | (noCase ? TCL_REG_NOCASE : 0); |
---|
4454 | |
---|
4455 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_REGEXP, cflags, envPtr); |
---|
4456 | } |
---|
4457 | break; |
---|
4458 | } |
---|
4459 | default: |
---|
4460 | Tcl_Panic("unknown switch mode: %d", mode); |
---|
4461 | } |
---|
4462 | |
---|
4463 | /* |
---|
4464 | * In a fall-through case, we will jump on _true_ to the place |
---|
4465 | * where the body starts (generated later, with guarantee of this |
---|
4466 | * ensured earlier; the final body is never a fall-through). |
---|
4467 | */ |
---|
4468 | |
---|
4469 | if (bodyToken[i+1]->size==1 && bodyToken[i+1]->start[0]=='-') { |
---|
4470 | if (contFixIndex == -1) { |
---|
4471 | contFixIndex = fixupCount; |
---|
4472 | contFixCount = 0; |
---|
4473 | } |
---|
4474 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_TRUE_JUMP, |
---|
4475 | fixupArray+contFixIndex+contFixCount); |
---|
4476 | fixupCount++; |
---|
4477 | contFixCount++; |
---|
4478 | continue; |
---|
4479 | } |
---|
4480 | |
---|
4481 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_FALSE_JUMP, fixupArray+fixupCount); |
---|
4482 | nextArmFixupIndex = fixupCount; |
---|
4483 | fixupCount++; |
---|
4484 | } else { |
---|
4485 | /* |
---|
4486 | * Got a default clause; set a flag to inhibit the generation of |
---|
4487 | * the jump after the body and the cleanup of the intermediate |
---|
4488 | * value that we are switching against. |
---|
4489 | * |
---|
4490 | * Note that default clauses (which are always terminal clauses) |
---|
4491 | * cannot be fall-through clauses as well, since the last clause |
---|
4492 | * is never a fall-through clause (which we have already |
---|
4493 | * verified). |
---|
4494 | */ |
---|
4495 | |
---|
4496 | foundDefault = 1; |
---|
4497 | } |
---|
4498 | |
---|
4499 | /* |
---|
4500 | * Generate the body for the arm. This is guaranteed not to be a |
---|
4501 | * fall-through case, but it might have preceding fall-through cases, |
---|
4502 | * so we must process those first. |
---|
4503 | */ |
---|
4504 | |
---|
4505 | if (contFixIndex != -1) { |
---|
4506 | int j; |
---|
4507 | |
---|
4508 | for (j=0 ; j<contFixCount ; j++) { |
---|
4509 | fixupTargetArray[contFixIndex+j] = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
4510 | } |
---|
4511 | contFixIndex = -1; |
---|
4512 | } |
---|
4513 | |
---|
4514 | /* |
---|
4515 | * Now do the actual compilation. Note that we do not use CompileBody |
---|
4516 | * because we may have synthesized the tokens in a non-standard |
---|
4517 | * pattern. |
---|
4518 | */ |
---|
4519 | |
---|
4520 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
4521 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
4522 | envPtr->line = bodyLines[i+1]; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
4523 | TclCompileCmdWord(interp, bodyToken[i+1], 1, envPtr); |
---|
4524 | |
---|
4525 | if (!foundDefault) { |
---|
4526 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP, |
---|
4527 | fixupArray+fixupCount); |
---|
4528 | fixupCount++; |
---|
4529 | fixupTargetArray[nextArmFixupIndex] = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
4530 | } |
---|
4531 | } |
---|
4532 | |
---|
4533 | /* |
---|
4534 | * Clean up all our temporary space and return. |
---|
4535 | */ |
---|
4536 | |
---|
4537 | ckfree((char *) bodyToken); |
---|
4538 | ckfree((char *) bodyLines); |
---|
4539 | if (bodyTokenArray != NULL) { |
---|
4540 | ckfree((char *) bodyTokenArray); |
---|
4541 | } |
---|
4542 | |
---|
4543 | /* |
---|
4544 | * Discard the value we are matching against unless we've had a default |
---|
4545 | * clause (in which case it will already be gone due to the code at the |
---|
4546 | * start of processing an arm, guaranteed) and make the result of the |
---|
4547 | * command an empty string. |
---|
4548 | */ |
---|
4549 | |
---|
4550 | if (!foundDefault) { |
---|
4551 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
4552 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
4553 | } |
---|
4554 | |
---|
4555 | /* |
---|
4556 | * Do jump fixups for arms that were executed. First, fill in the jumps of |
---|
4557 | * all jumps that don't point elsewhere to point to here. |
---|
4558 | */ |
---|
4559 | |
---|
4560 | for (i=0 ; i<fixupCount ; i++) { |
---|
4561 | if (fixupTargetArray[i] == 0) { |
---|
4562 | fixupTargetArray[i] = envPtr->codeNext-envPtr->codeStart; |
---|
4563 | } |
---|
4564 | } |
---|
4565 | |
---|
4566 | /* |
---|
4567 | * Now scan backwards over all the jumps (all of which are forward jumps) |
---|
4568 | * doing each one. When we do one and there is a size changes, we must |
---|
4569 | * scan back over all the previous ones and see if they need adjusting |
---|
4570 | * before proceeding with further jump fixups (the interleaved nature of |
---|
4571 | * all the jumps makes this impossible to do without nested loops). |
---|
4572 | */ |
---|
4573 | |
---|
4574 | for (i=fixupCount-1 ; i>=0 ; i--) { |
---|
4575 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr, &fixupArray[i], |
---|
4576 | fixupTargetArray[i] - fixupArray[i].codeOffset, 127)) { |
---|
4577 | int j; |
---|
4578 | |
---|
4579 | for (j=i-1 ; j>=0 ; j--) { |
---|
4580 | if (fixupTargetArray[j] > fixupArray[i].codeOffset) { |
---|
4581 | fixupTargetArray[j] += 3; |
---|
4582 | } |
---|
4583 | } |
---|
4584 | } |
---|
4585 | } |
---|
4586 | ckfree((char *) fixupArray); |
---|
4587 | ckfree((char *) fixupTargetArray); |
---|
4588 | |
---|
4589 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
4590 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
4591 | } |
---|
4592 | |
---|
4593 | /* |
---|
4594 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
4595 | * |
---|
4596 | * DupJumptableInfo, FreeJumptableInfo -- |
---|
4597 | * |
---|
4598 | * Functions to duplicate, release and print a jump-table created for use |
---|
4599 | * with the INST_JUMP_TABLE instruction. |
---|
4600 | * |
---|
4601 | * Results: |
---|
4602 | * DupJumptableInfo: a copy of the jump-table |
---|
4603 | * FreeJumptableInfo: none |
---|
4604 | * PrintJumptableInfo: none |
---|
4605 | * |
---|
4606 | * Side effects: |
---|
4607 | * DupJumptableInfo: allocates memory |
---|
4608 | * FreeJumptableInfo: releases memory |
---|
4609 | * PrintJumptableInfo: none |
---|
4610 | * |
---|
4611 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
4612 | */ |
---|
4613 | |
---|
4614 | static ClientData |
---|
4615 | DupJumptableInfo( |
---|
4616 | ClientData clientData) |
---|
4617 | { |
---|
4618 | JumptableInfo *jtPtr = clientData; |
---|
4619 | JumptableInfo *newJtPtr = (JumptableInfo *) |
---|
4620 | ckalloc(sizeof(JumptableInfo)); |
---|
4621 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr, *newHPtr; |
---|
4622 | Tcl_HashSearch search; |
---|
4623 | int isNew; |
---|
4624 | |
---|
4625 | Tcl_InitHashTable(&newJtPtr->hashTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); |
---|
4626 | hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&jtPtr->hashTable, &search); |
---|
4627 | while (hPtr != NULL) { |
---|
4628 | newHPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&newJtPtr->hashTable, |
---|
4629 | Tcl_GetHashKey(&jtPtr->hashTable, hPtr), &isNew); |
---|
4630 | Tcl_SetHashValue(newHPtr, Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr)); |
---|
4631 | } |
---|
4632 | return newJtPtr; |
---|
4633 | } |
---|
4634 | |
---|
4635 | static void |
---|
4636 | FreeJumptableInfo( |
---|
4637 | ClientData clientData) |
---|
4638 | { |
---|
4639 | JumptableInfo *jtPtr = clientData; |
---|
4640 | |
---|
4641 | Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&jtPtr->hashTable); |
---|
4642 | ckfree((char *) jtPtr); |
---|
4643 | } |
---|
4644 | |
---|
4645 | static void |
---|
4646 | PrintJumptableInfo( |
---|
4647 | ClientData clientData, |
---|
4648 | Tcl_Obj *appendObj, |
---|
4649 | ByteCode *codePtr, |
---|
4650 | unsigned int pcOffset) |
---|
4651 | { |
---|
4652 | register JumptableInfo *jtPtr = clientData; |
---|
4653 | Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; |
---|
4654 | Tcl_HashSearch search; |
---|
4655 | const char *keyPtr; |
---|
4656 | int offset, i = 0; |
---|
4657 | |
---|
4658 | hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&jtPtr->hashTable, &search); |
---|
4659 | for (; hPtr ; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { |
---|
4660 | keyPtr = Tcl_GetHashKey(&jtPtr->hashTable, hPtr); |
---|
4661 | offset = PTR2INT(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr)); |
---|
4662 | |
---|
4663 | if (i++) { |
---|
4664 | Tcl_AppendToObj(appendObj, ", ", -1); |
---|
4665 | if (i%4==0) { |
---|
4666 | Tcl_AppendToObj(appendObj, "\n\t\t", -1); |
---|
4667 | } |
---|
4668 | } |
---|
4669 | Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(appendObj, "\"%s\"->pc %d", |
---|
4670 | keyPtr, pcOffset + offset); |
---|
4671 | } |
---|
4672 | } |
---|
4673 | |
---|
4674 | /* |
---|
4675 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
4676 | * |
---|
4677 | * TclCompileWhileCmd -- |
---|
4678 | * |
---|
4679 | * Procedure called to compile the "while" command. |
---|
4680 | * |
---|
4681 | * Results: |
---|
4682 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
4683 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
4684 | * |
---|
4685 | * Side effects: |
---|
4686 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "while" command at |
---|
4687 | * runtime. |
---|
4688 | * |
---|
4689 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
4690 | */ |
---|
4691 | |
---|
4692 | int |
---|
4693 | TclCompileWhileCmd( |
---|
4694 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
4695 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
4696 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
4697 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
4698 | * compiled. */ |
---|
4699 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
4700 | { |
---|
4701 | Tcl_Token *testTokenPtr, *bodyTokenPtr; |
---|
4702 | JumpFixup jumpEvalCondFixup; |
---|
4703 | int testCodeOffset, bodyCodeOffset, jumpDist, range, code, boolVal; |
---|
4704 | int savedStackDepth = envPtr->currStackDepth; |
---|
4705 | int loopMayEnd = 1; /* This is set to 0 if it is recognized as an |
---|
4706 | * infinite loop. */ |
---|
4707 | Tcl_Obj *boolObj; |
---|
4708 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
4709 | |
---|
4710 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 3) { |
---|
4711 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
4712 | } |
---|
4713 | |
---|
4714 | /* |
---|
4715 | * If the test expression requires substitutions, don't compile the while |
---|
4716 | * command inline. E.g., the expression might cause the loop to never |
---|
4717 | * execute or execute forever, as in "while "$x < 5" {}". |
---|
4718 | * |
---|
4719 | * Bail out also if the body expression requires substitutions in order to |
---|
4720 | * insure correct behaviour [Bug 219166] |
---|
4721 | */ |
---|
4722 | |
---|
4723 | testTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
4724 | bodyTokenPtr = TokenAfter(testTokenPtr); |
---|
4725 | |
---|
4726 | if ((testTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) |
---|
4727 | || (bodyTokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD)) { |
---|
4728 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
4729 | } |
---|
4730 | |
---|
4731 | /* |
---|
4732 | * Find out if the condition is a constant. |
---|
4733 | */ |
---|
4734 | |
---|
4735 | boolObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(testTokenPtr[1].start, testTokenPtr[1].size); |
---|
4736 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(boolObj); |
---|
4737 | code = Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(NULL, boolObj, &boolVal); |
---|
4738 | TclDecrRefCount(boolObj); |
---|
4739 | if (code == TCL_OK) { |
---|
4740 | if (boolVal) { |
---|
4741 | /* |
---|
4742 | * It is an infinite loop; flag it so that we generate a more |
---|
4743 | * efficient body. |
---|
4744 | */ |
---|
4745 | |
---|
4746 | loopMayEnd = 0; |
---|
4747 | } else { |
---|
4748 | /* |
---|
4749 | * This is an empty loop: "while 0 {...}" or such. Compile no |
---|
4750 | * bytecodes. |
---|
4751 | */ |
---|
4752 | |
---|
4753 | goto pushResult; |
---|
4754 | } |
---|
4755 | } |
---|
4756 | |
---|
4757 | /* |
---|
4758 | * Create a ExceptionRange record for the loop body. This is used to |
---|
4759 | * implement break and continue. |
---|
4760 | */ |
---|
4761 | |
---|
4762 | range = DeclareExceptionRange(envPtr, LOOP_EXCEPTION_RANGE); |
---|
4763 | |
---|
4764 | /* |
---|
4765 | * Jump to the evaluation of the condition. This code uses the "loop |
---|
4766 | * rotation" optimisation (which eliminates one branch from the loop). |
---|
4767 | * "while cond body" produces then: |
---|
4768 | * goto A |
---|
4769 | * B: body : bodyCodeOffset |
---|
4770 | * A: cond -> result : testCodeOffset, continueOffset |
---|
4771 | * if (result) goto B |
---|
4772 | * |
---|
4773 | * The infinite loop "while 1 body" produces: |
---|
4774 | * B: body : all three offsets here |
---|
4775 | * goto B |
---|
4776 | */ |
---|
4777 | |
---|
4778 | if (loopMayEnd) { |
---|
4779 | TclEmitForwardJump(envPtr, TCL_UNCONDITIONAL_JUMP, &jumpEvalCondFixup); |
---|
4780 | testCodeOffset = 0; /* Avoid compiler warning. */ |
---|
4781 | } else { |
---|
4782 | /* |
---|
4783 | * Make sure that the first command in the body is preceded by an |
---|
4784 | * INST_START_CMD, and hence counted properly. [Bug 1752146] |
---|
4785 | */ |
---|
4786 | |
---|
4787 | envPtr->atCmdStart = 0; |
---|
4788 | testCodeOffset = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
4789 | } |
---|
4790 | |
---|
4791 | /* |
---|
4792 | * Compile the loop body. |
---|
4793 | */ |
---|
4794 | |
---|
4795 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[2]; |
---|
4796 | bodyCodeOffset = ExceptionRangeStarts(envPtr, range); |
---|
4797 | CompileBody(envPtr, bodyTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
4798 | ExceptionRangeEnds(envPtr, range); |
---|
4799 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
4800 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
4801 | |
---|
4802 | /* |
---|
4803 | * Compile the test expression then emit the conditional jump that |
---|
4804 | * terminates the while. We already know it's a simple word. |
---|
4805 | */ |
---|
4806 | |
---|
4807 | if (loopMayEnd) { |
---|
4808 | testCodeOffset = CurrentOffset(envPtr); |
---|
4809 | jumpDist = testCodeOffset - jumpEvalCondFixup.codeOffset; |
---|
4810 | if (TclFixupForwardJump(envPtr, &jumpEvalCondFixup, jumpDist, 127)) { |
---|
4811 | bodyCodeOffset += 3; |
---|
4812 | testCodeOffset += 3; |
---|
4813 | } |
---|
4814 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
4815 | envPtr->line = mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]; |
---|
4816 | TclCompileExprWords(interp, testTokenPtr, 1, envPtr); |
---|
4817 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth + 1; |
---|
4818 | |
---|
4819 | jumpDist = CurrentOffset(envPtr) - bodyCodeOffset; |
---|
4820 | if (jumpDist > 127) { |
---|
4821 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_JUMP_TRUE4, -jumpDist, envPtr); |
---|
4822 | } else { |
---|
4823 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP_TRUE1, -jumpDist, envPtr); |
---|
4824 | } |
---|
4825 | } else { |
---|
4826 | jumpDist = CurrentOffset(envPtr) - bodyCodeOffset; |
---|
4827 | if (jumpDist > 127) { |
---|
4828 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_JUMP4, -jumpDist, envPtr); |
---|
4829 | } else { |
---|
4830 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_JUMP1, -jumpDist, envPtr); |
---|
4831 | } |
---|
4832 | } |
---|
4833 | |
---|
4834 | /* |
---|
4835 | * Set the loop's body, continue and break offsets. |
---|
4836 | */ |
---|
4837 | |
---|
4838 | envPtr->exceptArrayPtr[range].continueOffset = testCodeOffset; |
---|
4839 | envPtr->exceptArrayPtr[range].codeOffset = bodyCodeOffset; |
---|
4840 | ExceptionRangeTarget(envPtr, range, breakOffset); |
---|
4841 | |
---|
4842 | /* |
---|
4843 | * The while command's result is an empty string. |
---|
4844 | */ |
---|
4845 | |
---|
4846 | pushResult: |
---|
4847 | envPtr->currStackDepth = savedStackDepth; |
---|
4848 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
4849 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
4850 | } |
---|
4851 | |
---|
4852 | /* |
---|
4853 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
4854 | * |
---|
4855 | * PushVarName -- |
---|
4856 | * |
---|
4857 | * Procedure used in the compiling where pushing a variable name is |
---|
4858 | * necessary (append, lappend, set). |
---|
4859 | * |
---|
4860 | * Results: |
---|
4861 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
4862 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
4863 | * |
---|
4864 | * Side effects: |
---|
4865 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "set" command at |
---|
4866 | * runtime. |
---|
4867 | * |
---|
4868 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
4869 | */ |
---|
4870 | |
---|
4871 | static int |
---|
4872 | PushVarName( |
---|
4873 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
4874 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, /* Points to a variable token. */ |
---|
4875 | CompileEnv *envPtr, /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
4876 | int flags, /* TCL_CREATE_VAR or TCL_NO_LARGE_INDEX. */ |
---|
4877 | int *localIndexPtr, /* Must not be NULL. */ |
---|
4878 | int *simpleVarNamePtr, /* Must not be NULL. */ |
---|
4879 | int *isScalarPtr, /* Must not be NULL. */ |
---|
4880 | int line) /* Line the token starts on. */ |
---|
4881 | { |
---|
4882 | register const char *p; |
---|
4883 | const char *name, *elName; |
---|
4884 | register int i, n; |
---|
4885 | Tcl_Token *elemTokenPtr = NULL; |
---|
4886 | int nameChars, elNameChars, simpleVarName, localIndex; |
---|
4887 | int elemTokenCount = 0, allocedTokens = 0, removedParen = 0; |
---|
4888 | |
---|
4889 | /* |
---|
4890 | * Decide if we can use a frame slot for the var/array name or if we need |
---|
4891 | * to emit code to compute and push the name at runtime. We use a frame |
---|
4892 | * slot (entry in the array of local vars) if we are compiling a procedure |
---|
4893 | * body and if the name is simple text that does not include namespace |
---|
4894 | * qualifiers. |
---|
4895 | */ |
---|
4896 | |
---|
4897 | simpleVarName = 0; |
---|
4898 | name = elName = NULL; |
---|
4899 | nameChars = elNameChars = 0; |
---|
4900 | localIndex = -1; |
---|
4901 | |
---|
4902 | /* |
---|
4903 | * Check not only that the type is TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD, but whether |
---|
4904 | * curly braces surround the variable name. This really matters for array |
---|
4905 | * elements to handle things like |
---|
4906 | * set {x($foo)} 5 |
---|
4907 | * which raises an undefined var error if we are not careful here. |
---|
4908 | */ |
---|
4909 | |
---|
4910 | if ((varTokenPtr->type == TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) && |
---|
4911 | (varTokenPtr->start[0] != '{')) { |
---|
4912 | /* |
---|
4913 | * A simple variable name. Divide it up into "name" and "elName" |
---|
4914 | * strings. If it is not a local variable, look it up at runtime. |
---|
4915 | */ |
---|
4916 | |
---|
4917 | simpleVarName = 1; |
---|
4918 | |
---|
4919 | name = varTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
4920 | nameChars = varTokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
4921 | if (name[nameChars-1] == ')') { |
---|
4922 | /* |
---|
4923 | * last char is ')' => potential array reference. |
---|
4924 | */ |
---|
4925 | |
---|
4926 | for (i=0,p=name ; i<nameChars ; i++,p++) { |
---|
4927 | if (*p == '(') { |
---|
4928 | elName = p + 1; |
---|
4929 | elNameChars = nameChars - i - 2; |
---|
4930 | nameChars = i; |
---|
4931 | break; |
---|
4932 | } |
---|
4933 | } |
---|
4934 | |
---|
4935 | if ((elName != NULL) && elNameChars) { |
---|
4936 | /* |
---|
4937 | * An array element, the element name is a simple string: |
---|
4938 | * assemble the corresponding token. |
---|
4939 | */ |
---|
4940 | |
---|
4941 | elemTokenPtr = (Tcl_Token *) TclStackAlloc(interp, |
---|
4942 | sizeof(Tcl_Token)); |
---|
4943 | allocedTokens = 1; |
---|
4944 | elemTokenPtr->type = TCL_TOKEN_TEXT; |
---|
4945 | elemTokenPtr->start = elName; |
---|
4946 | elemTokenPtr->size = elNameChars; |
---|
4947 | elemTokenPtr->numComponents = 0; |
---|
4948 | elemTokenCount = 1; |
---|
4949 | } |
---|
4950 | } |
---|
4951 | } else if (((n = varTokenPtr->numComponents) > 1) |
---|
4952 | && (varTokenPtr[1].type == TCL_TOKEN_TEXT) |
---|
4953 | && (varTokenPtr[n].type == TCL_TOKEN_TEXT) |
---|
4954 | && (varTokenPtr[n].start[varTokenPtr[n].size - 1] == ')')) { |
---|
4955 | |
---|
4956 | /* |
---|
4957 | * Check for parentheses inside first token. |
---|
4958 | */ |
---|
4959 | |
---|
4960 | simpleVarName = 0; |
---|
4961 | for (i = 0, p = varTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
4962 | i < varTokenPtr[1].size; i++, p++) { |
---|
4963 | if (*p == '(') { |
---|
4964 | simpleVarName = 1; |
---|
4965 | break; |
---|
4966 | } |
---|
4967 | } |
---|
4968 | if (simpleVarName) { |
---|
4969 | int remainingChars; |
---|
4970 | |
---|
4971 | /* |
---|
4972 | * Check the last token: if it is just ')', do not count it. |
---|
4973 | * Otherwise, remove the ')' and flag so that it is restored at |
---|
4974 | * the end. |
---|
4975 | */ |
---|
4976 | |
---|
4977 | if (varTokenPtr[n].size == 1) { |
---|
4978 | --n; |
---|
4979 | } else { |
---|
4980 | --varTokenPtr[n].size; |
---|
4981 | removedParen = n; |
---|
4982 | } |
---|
4983 | |
---|
4984 | name = varTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
4985 | nameChars = p - varTokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
4986 | elName = p + 1; |
---|
4987 | remainingChars = (varTokenPtr[2].start - p) - 1; |
---|
4988 | elNameChars = (varTokenPtr[n].start - p) + varTokenPtr[n].size - 2; |
---|
4989 | |
---|
4990 | if (remainingChars) { |
---|
4991 | /* |
---|
4992 | * Make a first token with the extra characters in the first |
---|
4993 | * token. |
---|
4994 | */ |
---|
4995 | |
---|
4996 | elemTokenPtr = (Tcl_Token *) TclStackAlloc(interp, |
---|
4997 | n * sizeof(Tcl_Token)); |
---|
4998 | allocedTokens = 1; |
---|
4999 | elemTokenPtr->type = TCL_TOKEN_TEXT; |
---|
5000 | elemTokenPtr->start = elName; |
---|
5001 | elemTokenPtr->size = remainingChars; |
---|
5002 | elemTokenPtr->numComponents = 0; |
---|
5003 | elemTokenCount = n; |
---|
5004 | |
---|
5005 | /* |
---|
5006 | * Copy the remaining tokens. |
---|
5007 | */ |
---|
5008 | |
---|
5009 | memcpy(elemTokenPtr+1, varTokenPtr+2, |
---|
5010 | (n-1) * sizeof(Tcl_Token)); |
---|
5011 | } else { |
---|
5012 | /* |
---|
5013 | * Use the already available tokens. |
---|
5014 | */ |
---|
5015 | |
---|
5016 | elemTokenPtr = &varTokenPtr[2]; |
---|
5017 | elemTokenCount = n - 1; |
---|
5018 | } |
---|
5019 | } |
---|
5020 | } |
---|
5021 | |
---|
5022 | if (simpleVarName) { |
---|
5023 | /* |
---|
5024 | * See whether name has any namespace separators (::'s). |
---|
5025 | */ |
---|
5026 | |
---|
5027 | int hasNsQualifiers = 0; |
---|
5028 | for (i = 0, p = name; i < nameChars; i++, p++) { |
---|
5029 | if ((*p == ':') && ((i+1) < nameChars) && (*(p+1) == ':')) { |
---|
5030 | hasNsQualifiers = 1; |
---|
5031 | break; |
---|
5032 | } |
---|
5033 | } |
---|
5034 | |
---|
5035 | /* |
---|
5036 | * Look up the var name's index in the array of local vars in the proc |
---|
5037 | * frame. If retrieving the var's value and it doesn't already exist, |
---|
5038 | * push its name and look it up at runtime. |
---|
5039 | */ |
---|
5040 | |
---|
5041 | if ((envPtr->procPtr != NULL) && !hasNsQualifiers) { |
---|
5042 | localIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(name, nameChars, |
---|
5043 | /*create*/ flags & TCL_CREATE_VAR, |
---|
5044 | envPtr->procPtr); |
---|
5045 | if ((flags & TCL_NO_LARGE_INDEX) && (localIndex > 255)) { |
---|
5046 | /* |
---|
5047 | * We'll push the name. |
---|
5048 | */ |
---|
5049 | |
---|
5050 | localIndex = -1; |
---|
5051 | } |
---|
5052 | } |
---|
5053 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
5054 | PushLiteral(envPtr, name, nameChars); |
---|
5055 | } |
---|
5056 | |
---|
5057 | /* |
---|
5058 | * Compile the element script, if any. |
---|
5059 | */ |
---|
5060 | |
---|
5061 | if (elName != NULL) { |
---|
5062 | if (elNameChars) { |
---|
5063 | envPtr->line = line; |
---|
5064 | TclCompileTokens(interp, elemTokenPtr, elemTokenCount, envPtr); |
---|
5065 | } else { |
---|
5066 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
5067 | } |
---|
5068 | } |
---|
5069 | } else { |
---|
5070 | /* |
---|
5071 | * The var name isn't simple: compile and push it. |
---|
5072 | */ |
---|
5073 | |
---|
5074 | envPtr->line = line; |
---|
5075 | CompileTokens(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp); |
---|
5076 | } |
---|
5077 | |
---|
5078 | if (removedParen) { |
---|
5079 | ++varTokenPtr[removedParen].size; |
---|
5080 | } |
---|
5081 | if (allocedTokens) { |
---|
5082 | TclStackFree(interp, elemTokenPtr); |
---|
5083 | } |
---|
5084 | *localIndexPtr = localIndex; |
---|
5085 | *simpleVarNamePtr = simpleVarName; |
---|
5086 | *isScalarPtr = (elName == NULL); |
---|
5087 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5088 | } |
---|
5089 | |
---|
5090 | /* |
---|
5091 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5092 | * |
---|
5093 | * CompileUnaryOpCmd -- |
---|
5094 | * |
---|
5095 | * Utility routine to compile the unary operator commands. |
---|
5096 | * |
---|
5097 | * Results: |
---|
5098 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
5099 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
5100 | * |
---|
5101 | * Side effects: |
---|
5102 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the compiled command at |
---|
5103 | * runtime. |
---|
5104 | * |
---|
5105 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5106 | */ |
---|
5107 | |
---|
5108 | static int |
---|
5109 | CompileUnaryOpCmd( |
---|
5110 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5111 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5112 | int instruction, |
---|
5113 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5114 | { |
---|
5115 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
5116 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
5117 | |
---|
5118 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 2) { |
---|
5119 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5120 | } |
---|
5121 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
5122 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
5123 | TclEmitOpcode(instruction, envPtr); |
---|
5124 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5125 | } |
---|
5126 | |
---|
5127 | /* |
---|
5128 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5129 | * |
---|
5130 | * CompileAssociativeBinaryOpCmd -- |
---|
5131 | * |
---|
5132 | * Utility routine to compile the binary operator commands that accept an |
---|
5133 | * arbitrary number of arguments, and that are associative operations. |
---|
5134 | * Because of the associativity, we may combine operations from right to |
---|
5135 | * left, saving us any effort of re-ordering the arguments on the stack |
---|
5136 | * after substitutions are completed. |
---|
5137 | * |
---|
5138 | * Results: |
---|
5139 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
5140 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
5141 | * |
---|
5142 | * Side effects: |
---|
5143 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the compiled command at |
---|
5144 | * runtime. |
---|
5145 | * |
---|
5146 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5147 | */ |
---|
5148 | |
---|
5149 | static int |
---|
5150 | CompileAssociativeBinaryOpCmd( |
---|
5151 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5152 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5153 | const char *identity, |
---|
5154 | int instruction, |
---|
5155 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5156 | { |
---|
5157 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; |
---|
5158 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
5159 | int words; |
---|
5160 | |
---|
5161 | for (words=1 ; words<parsePtr->numWords ; words++) { |
---|
5162 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
5163 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, words); |
---|
5164 | } |
---|
5165 | if (parsePtr->numWords <= 2) { |
---|
5166 | PushLiteral(envPtr, identity, -1); |
---|
5167 | words++; |
---|
5168 | } |
---|
5169 | if (words > 3) { |
---|
5170 | /* |
---|
5171 | * Reverse order of arguments to get precise agreement with |
---|
5172 | * [expr] in calcuations, including roundoff errors. |
---|
5173 | */ |
---|
5174 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_REVERSE, words-1, envPtr); |
---|
5175 | } |
---|
5176 | while (--words > 1) { |
---|
5177 | TclEmitOpcode(instruction, envPtr); |
---|
5178 | } |
---|
5179 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5180 | } |
---|
5181 | |
---|
5182 | /* |
---|
5183 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5184 | * |
---|
5185 | * CompileStrictlyBinaryOpCmd -- |
---|
5186 | * |
---|
5187 | * Utility routine to compile the binary operator commands, that strictly |
---|
5188 | * accept exactly two arguments. |
---|
5189 | * |
---|
5190 | * Results: |
---|
5191 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
5192 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
5193 | * |
---|
5194 | * Side effects: |
---|
5195 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the compiled command at |
---|
5196 | * runtime. |
---|
5197 | * |
---|
5198 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5199 | */ |
---|
5200 | |
---|
5201 | static int |
---|
5202 | CompileStrictlyBinaryOpCmd( |
---|
5203 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5204 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5205 | int instruction, |
---|
5206 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5207 | { |
---|
5208 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 3) { |
---|
5209 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5210 | } |
---|
5211 | return CompileAssociativeBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, |
---|
5212 | NULL, instruction, envPtr); |
---|
5213 | } |
---|
5214 | |
---|
5215 | /* |
---|
5216 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5217 | * |
---|
5218 | * CompileComparisonOpCmd -- |
---|
5219 | * |
---|
5220 | * Utility routine to compile the n-ary comparison operator commands. |
---|
5221 | * |
---|
5222 | * Results: |
---|
5223 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
5224 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
5225 | * |
---|
5226 | * Side effects: |
---|
5227 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the compiled command at |
---|
5228 | * runtime. |
---|
5229 | * |
---|
5230 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5231 | */ |
---|
5232 | |
---|
5233 | static int |
---|
5234 | CompileComparisonOpCmd( |
---|
5235 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5236 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5237 | int instruction, |
---|
5238 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5239 | { |
---|
5240 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
5241 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
5242 | |
---|
5243 | if (parsePtr->numWords < 3) { |
---|
5244 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "1", 1); |
---|
5245 | } else if (parsePtr->numWords == 3) { |
---|
5246 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
5247 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
5248 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
5249 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 2); |
---|
5250 | TclEmitOpcode(instruction, envPtr); |
---|
5251 | } else if (envPtr->procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
5252 | /* |
---|
5253 | * No local variable space! |
---|
5254 | */ |
---|
5255 | |
---|
5256 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5257 | } else { |
---|
5258 | int tmpIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(NULL, 0, 1, envPtr->procPtr); |
---|
5259 | int words; |
---|
5260 | |
---|
5261 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
5262 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
5263 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
5264 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 2); |
---|
5265 | if (tmpIndex <= 255) { |
---|
5266 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, tmpIndex, envPtr); |
---|
5267 | } else { |
---|
5268 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, tmpIndex, envPtr); |
---|
5269 | } |
---|
5270 | TclEmitOpcode(instruction, envPtr); |
---|
5271 | for (words=3 ; words<parsePtr->numWords ;) { |
---|
5272 | if (tmpIndex <= 255) { |
---|
5273 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_LOAD_SCALAR1, tmpIndex, envPtr); |
---|
5274 | } else { |
---|
5275 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_LOAD_SCALAR4, tmpIndex, envPtr); |
---|
5276 | } |
---|
5277 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
5278 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, words); |
---|
5279 | if (++words < parsePtr->numWords) { |
---|
5280 | if (tmpIndex <= 255) { |
---|
5281 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, tmpIndex, envPtr); |
---|
5282 | } else { |
---|
5283 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, tmpIndex, envPtr); |
---|
5284 | } |
---|
5285 | } |
---|
5286 | TclEmitOpcode(instruction, envPtr); |
---|
5287 | } |
---|
5288 | for (; words>3 ; words--) { |
---|
5289 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_BITAND, envPtr); |
---|
5290 | } |
---|
5291 | |
---|
5292 | /* |
---|
5293 | * Drop the value from the temp variable; retaining that reference |
---|
5294 | * might be expensive elsewhere. |
---|
5295 | */ |
---|
5296 | |
---|
5297 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
5298 | if (tmpIndex <= 255) { |
---|
5299 | TclEmitInstInt1(INST_STORE_SCALAR1, tmpIndex, envPtr); |
---|
5300 | } else { |
---|
5301 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, tmpIndex, envPtr); |
---|
5302 | } |
---|
5303 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
5304 | } |
---|
5305 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5306 | } |
---|
5307 | |
---|
5308 | /* |
---|
5309 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5310 | * |
---|
5311 | * TclCompile*OpCmd -- |
---|
5312 | * |
---|
5313 | * Procedures called to compile the corresponding "::tcl::mathop::*" |
---|
5314 | * commands. These are all wrappers around the utility operator command |
---|
5315 | * compiler functions, except for the compilers for subtraction and |
---|
5316 | * division, which are special. |
---|
5317 | * |
---|
5318 | * Results: |
---|
5319 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
5320 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
5321 | * |
---|
5322 | * Side effects: |
---|
5323 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the compiled command at |
---|
5324 | * runtime. |
---|
5325 | * |
---|
5326 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5327 | */ |
---|
5328 | |
---|
5329 | int |
---|
5330 | TclCompileInvertOpCmd( |
---|
5331 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5332 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5333 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5334 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5335 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5336 | { |
---|
5337 | return CompileUnaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_BITNOT, envPtr); |
---|
5338 | } |
---|
5339 | |
---|
5340 | int |
---|
5341 | TclCompileNotOpCmd( |
---|
5342 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5343 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5344 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5345 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5346 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5347 | { |
---|
5348 | return CompileUnaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_LNOT, envPtr); |
---|
5349 | } |
---|
5350 | |
---|
5351 | int |
---|
5352 | TclCompileAddOpCmd( |
---|
5353 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5354 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5355 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5356 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5357 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5358 | { |
---|
5359 | return CompileAssociativeBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, "0", INST_ADD, |
---|
5360 | envPtr); |
---|
5361 | } |
---|
5362 | |
---|
5363 | int |
---|
5364 | TclCompileMulOpCmd( |
---|
5365 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5366 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5367 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5368 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5369 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5370 | { |
---|
5371 | return CompileAssociativeBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, "1", INST_MULT, |
---|
5372 | envPtr); |
---|
5373 | } |
---|
5374 | |
---|
5375 | int |
---|
5376 | TclCompileAndOpCmd( |
---|
5377 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5378 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5379 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5380 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5381 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5382 | { |
---|
5383 | return CompileAssociativeBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, "-1", INST_BITAND, |
---|
5384 | envPtr); |
---|
5385 | } |
---|
5386 | |
---|
5387 | int |
---|
5388 | TclCompileOrOpCmd( |
---|
5389 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5390 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5391 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5392 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5393 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5394 | { |
---|
5395 | return CompileAssociativeBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, "0", INST_BITOR, |
---|
5396 | envPtr); |
---|
5397 | } |
---|
5398 | |
---|
5399 | int |
---|
5400 | TclCompileXorOpCmd( |
---|
5401 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5402 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5403 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5404 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5405 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5406 | { |
---|
5407 | return CompileAssociativeBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, "0", INST_BITXOR, |
---|
5408 | envPtr); |
---|
5409 | } |
---|
5410 | |
---|
5411 | int |
---|
5412 | TclCompilePowOpCmd( |
---|
5413 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5414 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5415 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5416 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5417 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5418 | { |
---|
5419 | /* |
---|
5420 | * This one has its own implementation because the ** operator is |
---|
5421 | * the only one with right associativity. |
---|
5422 | */ |
---|
5423 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; |
---|
5424 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
5425 | int words; |
---|
5426 | |
---|
5427 | for (words=1 ; words<parsePtr->numWords ; words++) { |
---|
5428 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
5429 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, words); |
---|
5430 | } |
---|
5431 | if (parsePtr->numWords <= 2) { |
---|
5432 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "1", 1); |
---|
5433 | words++; |
---|
5434 | } |
---|
5435 | while (--words > 1) { |
---|
5436 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_EXPON, envPtr); |
---|
5437 | } |
---|
5438 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5439 | } |
---|
5440 | |
---|
5441 | int |
---|
5442 | TclCompileLshiftOpCmd( |
---|
5443 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5444 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5445 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5446 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5447 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5448 | { |
---|
5449 | return CompileStrictlyBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_LSHIFT, envPtr); |
---|
5450 | } |
---|
5451 | |
---|
5452 | int |
---|
5453 | TclCompileRshiftOpCmd( |
---|
5454 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5455 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5456 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5457 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5458 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5459 | { |
---|
5460 | return CompileStrictlyBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_RSHIFT, envPtr); |
---|
5461 | } |
---|
5462 | |
---|
5463 | int |
---|
5464 | TclCompileModOpCmd( |
---|
5465 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5466 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5467 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5468 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5469 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5470 | { |
---|
5471 | return CompileStrictlyBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_MOD, envPtr); |
---|
5472 | } |
---|
5473 | |
---|
5474 | int |
---|
5475 | TclCompileNeqOpCmd( |
---|
5476 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5477 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5478 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5479 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5480 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5481 | { |
---|
5482 | return CompileStrictlyBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_NEQ, envPtr); |
---|
5483 | } |
---|
5484 | |
---|
5485 | int |
---|
5486 | TclCompileStrneqOpCmd( |
---|
5487 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5488 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5489 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5490 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5491 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5492 | { |
---|
5493 | return CompileStrictlyBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_STR_NEQ, envPtr); |
---|
5494 | } |
---|
5495 | |
---|
5496 | int |
---|
5497 | TclCompileInOpCmd( |
---|
5498 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5499 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5500 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5501 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5502 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5503 | { |
---|
5504 | return CompileStrictlyBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_LIST_IN, envPtr); |
---|
5505 | } |
---|
5506 | |
---|
5507 | int |
---|
5508 | TclCompileNiOpCmd( |
---|
5509 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5510 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5511 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5512 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5513 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5514 | { |
---|
5515 | return CompileStrictlyBinaryOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_LIST_NOT_IN, |
---|
5516 | envPtr); |
---|
5517 | } |
---|
5518 | |
---|
5519 | int |
---|
5520 | TclCompileLessOpCmd( |
---|
5521 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5522 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5523 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5524 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5525 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5526 | { |
---|
5527 | return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_LT, envPtr); |
---|
5528 | } |
---|
5529 | |
---|
5530 | int |
---|
5531 | TclCompileLeqOpCmd( |
---|
5532 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5533 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5534 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5535 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5536 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5537 | { |
---|
5538 | return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_LE, envPtr); |
---|
5539 | } |
---|
5540 | |
---|
5541 | int |
---|
5542 | TclCompileGreaterOpCmd( |
---|
5543 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5544 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5545 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5546 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5547 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5548 | { |
---|
5549 | return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_GT, envPtr); |
---|
5550 | } |
---|
5551 | |
---|
5552 | int |
---|
5553 | TclCompileGeqOpCmd( |
---|
5554 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5555 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5556 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5557 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5558 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5559 | { |
---|
5560 | return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_GE, envPtr); |
---|
5561 | } |
---|
5562 | |
---|
5563 | int |
---|
5564 | TclCompileEqOpCmd( |
---|
5565 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5566 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5567 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5568 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5569 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5570 | { |
---|
5571 | return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_EQ, envPtr); |
---|
5572 | } |
---|
5573 | |
---|
5574 | int |
---|
5575 | TclCompileStreqOpCmd( |
---|
5576 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5577 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5578 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5579 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5580 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5581 | { |
---|
5582 | return CompileComparisonOpCmd(interp, parsePtr, INST_STR_EQ, envPtr); |
---|
5583 | } |
---|
5584 | |
---|
5585 | int |
---|
5586 | TclCompileMinusOpCmd( |
---|
5587 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5588 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5589 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5590 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5591 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5592 | { |
---|
5593 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; |
---|
5594 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
5595 | int words; |
---|
5596 | |
---|
5597 | if (parsePtr->numWords == 1) { |
---|
5598 | /* Fallback to direct eval to report syntax error */ |
---|
5599 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5600 | } |
---|
5601 | for (words=1 ; words<parsePtr->numWords ; words++) { |
---|
5602 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
5603 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, words); |
---|
5604 | } |
---|
5605 | if (words == 2) { |
---|
5606 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_UMINUS, envPtr); |
---|
5607 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5608 | } |
---|
5609 | if (words == 3) { |
---|
5610 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_SUB, envPtr); |
---|
5611 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5612 | } |
---|
5613 | /* |
---|
5614 | * Reverse order of arguments to get precise agreement with |
---|
5615 | * [expr] in calcuations, including roundoff errors. |
---|
5616 | */ |
---|
5617 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_REVERSE, words-1, envPtr); |
---|
5618 | while (--words > 1) { |
---|
5619 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_REVERSE, 2, envPtr); |
---|
5620 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_SUB, envPtr); |
---|
5621 | } |
---|
5622 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5623 | } |
---|
5624 | |
---|
5625 | int |
---|
5626 | TclCompileDivOpCmd( |
---|
5627 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5628 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, |
---|
5629 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5630 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5631 | CompileEnv *envPtr) |
---|
5632 | { |
---|
5633 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; |
---|
5634 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
5635 | int words; |
---|
5636 | |
---|
5637 | if (parsePtr->numWords == 1) { |
---|
5638 | /* Fallback to direct eval to report syntax error */ |
---|
5639 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5640 | } |
---|
5641 | if (parsePtr->numWords == 2) { |
---|
5642 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "1.0", 3); |
---|
5643 | } |
---|
5644 | for (words=1 ; words<parsePtr->numWords ; words++) { |
---|
5645 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
5646 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, words); |
---|
5647 | } |
---|
5648 | if (words <= 3) { |
---|
5649 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_DIV, envPtr); |
---|
5650 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5651 | } |
---|
5652 | /* |
---|
5653 | * Reverse order of arguments to get precise agreement with |
---|
5654 | * [expr] in calcuations, including roundoff errors. |
---|
5655 | */ |
---|
5656 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_REVERSE, words-1, envPtr); |
---|
5657 | while (--words > 1) { |
---|
5658 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_REVERSE, 2, envPtr); |
---|
5659 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_DIV, envPtr); |
---|
5660 | } |
---|
5661 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5662 | } |
---|
5663 | |
---|
5664 | /* |
---|
5665 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5666 | * |
---|
5667 | * IndexTailVarIfKnown -- |
---|
5668 | * |
---|
5669 | * Procedure used in compiling [global] and [variable] commands. It |
---|
5670 | * inspects the variable name described by varTokenPtr and, if the tail |
---|
5671 | * is known at compile time, defines a corresponding local variable. |
---|
5672 | * |
---|
5673 | * Results: |
---|
5674 | * Returns the variable's index in the table of compiled locals if the |
---|
5675 | * tail is known at compile time, or -1 otherwise. |
---|
5676 | * |
---|
5677 | * Side effects: |
---|
5678 | * None. |
---|
5679 | * |
---|
5680 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5681 | */ |
---|
5682 | |
---|
5683 | static int |
---|
5684 | IndexTailVarIfKnown( |
---|
5685 | Tcl_Interp *interp, |
---|
5686 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, /* Token representing the variable name */ |
---|
5687 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
5688 | { |
---|
5689 | Tcl_Obj *tailPtr; |
---|
5690 | const char *tailName, *p; |
---|
5691 | int len, n = varTokenPtr->numComponents; |
---|
5692 | Tcl_Token *lastTokenPtr; |
---|
5693 | int full, localIndex; |
---|
5694 | |
---|
5695 | /* |
---|
5696 | * Determine if the tail is (a) known at compile time, and (b) not an |
---|
5697 | * array element. Should any of these fail, return an error so that |
---|
5698 | * the non-compiled command will be called at runtime. |
---|
5699 | * In order for the tail to be known at compile time, the last token |
---|
5700 | * in the word has to be constant and contain "::" if it is not the |
---|
5701 | * only one. |
---|
5702 | */ |
---|
5703 | |
---|
5704 | if (envPtr->procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
5705 | return -1; |
---|
5706 | } |
---|
5707 | |
---|
5708 | TclNewObj(tailPtr); |
---|
5709 | if (TclWordKnownAtCompileTime(varTokenPtr, tailPtr)) { |
---|
5710 | full = 1; |
---|
5711 | lastTokenPtr = varTokenPtr; |
---|
5712 | } else { |
---|
5713 | full = 0; |
---|
5714 | lastTokenPtr = varTokenPtr + n; |
---|
5715 | if (!TclWordKnownAtCompileTime(lastTokenPtr, tailPtr)) { |
---|
5716 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(tailPtr); |
---|
5717 | return -1; |
---|
5718 | } |
---|
5719 | } |
---|
5720 | |
---|
5721 | tailName = TclGetStringFromObj(tailPtr, &len); |
---|
5722 | |
---|
5723 | if (len) { |
---|
5724 | if (*(tailName+len-1) == ')') { |
---|
5725 | /* |
---|
5726 | * Possible array: bail out |
---|
5727 | */ |
---|
5728 | |
---|
5729 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(tailPtr); |
---|
5730 | return -1; |
---|
5731 | } |
---|
5732 | |
---|
5733 | /* |
---|
5734 | * Get the tail: immediately after the last '::' |
---|
5735 | */ |
---|
5736 | |
---|
5737 | for(p = tailName + len -1; p > tailName; p--) { |
---|
5738 | if ((*p == ':') && (*(p-1) == ':')) { |
---|
5739 | p++; |
---|
5740 | break; |
---|
5741 | } |
---|
5742 | } |
---|
5743 | if (!full && (p == tailName)) { |
---|
5744 | /* |
---|
5745 | * No :: in the last component |
---|
5746 | */ |
---|
5747 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(tailPtr); |
---|
5748 | return -1; |
---|
5749 | } |
---|
5750 | len -= p - tailName; |
---|
5751 | tailName = p; |
---|
5752 | } |
---|
5753 | |
---|
5754 | localIndex = TclFindCompiledLocal(tailName, len, |
---|
5755 | /*create*/ TCL_CREATE_VAR, |
---|
5756 | envPtr->procPtr); |
---|
5757 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(tailPtr); |
---|
5758 | return localIndex; |
---|
5759 | } |
---|
5760 | |
---|
5761 | /* |
---|
5762 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5763 | * |
---|
5764 | * TclCompileUpvarCmd -- |
---|
5765 | * |
---|
5766 | * Procedure called to compile the "upvar" command. |
---|
5767 | * |
---|
5768 | * Results: |
---|
5769 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
5770 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
5771 | * |
---|
5772 | * Side effects: |
---|
5773 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "upvar" command at |
---|
5774 | * runtime. |
---|
5775 | * |
---|
5776 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5777 | */ |
---|
5778 | |
---|
5779 | int |
---|
5780 | TclCompileUpvarCmd( |
---|
5781 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
5782 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
5783 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
5784 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5785 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5786 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
5787 | { |
---|
5788 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *otherTokenPtr, *localTokenPtr; |
---|
5789 | int simpleVarName, isScalar, localIndex, numWords, i; |
---|
5790 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
5791 | Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj(); |
---|
5792 | |
---|
5793 | if (envPtr->procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
5794 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr); |
---|
5795 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5796 | } |
---|
5797 | |
---|
5798 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
5799 | if (numWords < 3) { |
---|
5800 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr); |
---|
5801 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5802 | } |
---|
5803 | |
---|
5804 | /* |
---|
5805 | * Push the frame index if it is known at compile time |
---|
5806 | */ |
---|
5807 | |
---|
5808 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
5809 | if(TclWordKnownAtCompileTime(tokenPtr, objPtr)) { |
---|
5810 | CallFrame *framePtr; |
---|
5811 | Tcl_ObjType *newTypePtr, *typePtr = objPtr->typePtr; |
---|
5812 | |
---|
5813 | /* |
---|
5814 | * Attempt to convert to a level reference. Note that TclObjGetFrame |
---|
5815 | * only changes the obj type when a conversion was successful. |
---|
5816 | */ |
---|
5817 | |
---|
5818 | TclObjGetFrame(interp, objPtr, &framePtr); |
---|
5819 | newTypePtr = objPtr->typePtr; |
---|
5820 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr); |
---|
5821 | |
---|
5822 | if (newTypePtr != typePtr) { |
---|
5823 | if(numWords%2) { |
---|
5824 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5825 | } |
---|
5826 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
5827 | otherTokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
5828 | i = 4; |
---|
5829 | } else { |
---|
5830 | if(!(numWords%2)) { |
---|
5831 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5832 | } |
---|
5833 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "1", 1); |
---|
5834 | otherTokenPtr = tokenPtr; |
---|
5835 | i = 3; |
---|
5836 | } |
---|
5837 | } else { |
---|
5838 | Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr); |
---|
5839 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5840 | } |
---|
5841 | |
---|
5842 | /* |
---|
5843 | * Loop over the (otherVar, thisVar) pairs. If any of the thisVar is not a |
---|
5844 | * local variable, return an error so that the non-compiled command will |
---|
5845 | * be called at runtime. |
---|
5846 | */ |
---|
5847 | |
---|
5848 | for(; i<=numWords; i+=2, otherTokenPtr = TokenAfter(localTokenPtr)) { |
---|
5849 | localTokenPtr = TokenAfter(otherTokenPtr); |
---|
5850 | |
---|
5851 | CompileWord(envPtr, otherTokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
5852 | PushVarName(interp, localTokenPtr, envPtr, TCL_CREATE_VAR, |
---|
5853 | &localIndex, &simpleVarName, &isScalar, |
---|
5854 | mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]); |
---|
5855 | |
---|
5856 | if((localIndex < 0) || !isScalar) { |
---|
5857 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5858 | } |
---|
5859 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_UPVAR, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
5860 | } |
---|
5861 | |
---|
5862 | /* |
---|
5863 | * Pop the frame index, and set the result to empty |
---|
5864 | */ |
---|
5865 | |
---|
5866 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
5867 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
5868 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5869 | } |
---|
5870 | |
---|
5871 | /* |
---|
5872 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5873 | * |
---|
5874 | * TclCompileNamespaceCmd -- |
---|
5875 | * |
---|
5876 | * Procedure called to compile the "namespace" command; currently, only |
---|
5877 | * the subcommand "namespace upvar" is compiled to bytecodes. |
---|
5878 | * |
---|
5879 | * Results: |
---|
5880 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
5881 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
5882 | * |
---|
5883 | * Side effects: |
---|
5884 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "namespace upvar" |
---|
5885 | * command at runtime. |
---|
5886 | * |
---|
5887 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5888 | */ |
---|
5889 | |
---|
5890 | int |
---|
5891 | TclCompileNamespaceCmd( |
---|
5892 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
5893 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
5894 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
5895 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5896 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5897 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
5898 | { |
---|
5899 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr, *otherTokenPtr, *localTokenPtr; |
---|
5900 | int simpleVarName, isScalar, localIndex, numWords, i; |
---|
5901 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
5902 | |
---|
5903 | if (envPtr->procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
5904 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5905 | } |
---|
5906 | |
---|
5907 | /* |
---|
5908 | * Only compile [namespace upvar ...]: needs an odd number of args, >=5 |
---|
5909 | */ |
---|
5910 | |
---|
5911 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
5912 | if (!(numWords%2) || (numWords < 5)) { |
---|
5913 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5914 | } |
---|
5915 | |
---|
5916 | /* |
---|
5917 | * Check if the second argument is "upvar" |
---|
5918 | */ |
---|
5919 | |
---|
5920 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
5921 | if ((tokenPtr->size != 5) /* 5 == strlen("upvar") */ |
---|
5922 | || strncmp(tokenPtr->start, "upvar", 5)) { |
---|
5923 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5924 | } |
---|
5925 | |
---|
5926 | /* |
---|
5927 | * Push the namespace |
---|
5928 | */ |
---|
5929 | |
---|
5930 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
5931 | CompileWord(envPtr, tokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
5932 | |
---|
5933 | /* |
---|
5934 | * Loop over the (otherVar, thisVar) pairs. If any of the thisVar is not a |
---|
5935 | * local variable, return an error so that the non-compiled command will |
---|
5936 | * be called at runtime. |
---|
5937 | */ |
---|
5938 | |
---|
5939 | localTokenPtr = tokenPtr; |
---|
5940 | for(i=4; i<=numWords; i+=2) { |
---|
5941 | otherTokenPtr = TokenAfter(localTokenPtr); |
---|
5942 | localTokenPtr = TokenAfter(otherTokenPtr); |
---|
5943 | |
---|
5944 | CompileWord(envPtr, otherTokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
5945 | PushVarName(interp, localTokenPtr, envPtr, TCL_CREATE_VAR, |
---|
5946 | &localIndex, &simpleVarName, &isScalar, |
---|
5947 | mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]); |
---|
5948 | |
---|
5949 | if((localIndex < 0) || !isScalar) { |
---|
5950 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5951 | } |
---|
5952 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_NSUPVAR, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
5953 | } |
---|
5954 | |
---|
5955 | /* |
---|
5956 | * Pop the namespace, and set the result to empty |
---|
5957 | */ |
---|
5958 | |
---|
5959 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
5960 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
5961 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
5962 | } |
---|
5963 | |
---|
5964 | /* |
---|
5965 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5966 | * |
---|
5967 | * TclCompileGlobalCmd -- |
---|
5968 | * |
---|
5969 | * Procedure called to compile the "global" command. |
---|
5970 | * |
---|
5971 | * Results: |
---|
5972 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
5973 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
5974 | * |
---|
5975 | * Side effects: |
---|
5976 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "global" command at |
---|
5977 | * runtime. |
---|
5978 | * |
---|
5979 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
5980 | */ |
---|
5981 | |
---|
5982 | int |
---|
5983 | TclCompileGlobalCmd( |
---|
5984 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
5985 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
5986 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
5987 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
5988 | * compiled. */ |
---|
5989 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
5990 | { |
---|
5991 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr; |
---|
5992 | int localIndex, numWords, i; |
---|
5993 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
5994 | |
---|
5995 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
5996 | if (numWords < 2) { |
---|
5997 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
5998 | } |
---|
5999 | |
---|
6000 | /* |
---|
6001 | * 'global' has no effect outside of proc bodies; handle that at runtime |
---|
6002 | */ |
---|
6003 | |
---|
6004 | if (envPtr->procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
6005 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6006 | } |
---|
6007 | |
---|
6008 | /* |
---|
6009 | * Push the namespace |
---|
6010 | */ |
---|
6011 | |
---|
6012 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "::", 2); |
---|
6013 | |
---|
6014 | /* |
---|
6015 | * Loop over the variables. |
---|
6016 | */ |
---|
6017 | |
---|
6018 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
6019 | for(i=2; i<=numWords; varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr),i++) { |
---|
6020 | localIndex = IndexTailVarIfKnown(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr); |
---|
6021 | |
---|
6022 | if(localIndex < 0) { |
---|
6023 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6024 | } |
---|
6025 | |
---|
6026 | CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
6027 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_NSUPVAR, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
6028 | } |
---|
6029 | |
---|
6030 | /* |
---|
6031 | * Pop the namespace, and set the result to empty |
---|
6032 | */ |
---|
6033 | |
---|
6034 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
6035 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
6036 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
6037 | } |
---|
6038 | |
---|
6039 | /* |
---|
6040 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
6041 | * |
---|
6042 | * TclCompileVariableCmd -- |
---|
6043 | * |
---|
6044 | * Procedure called to compile the "variable" command. |
---|
6045 | * |
---|
6046 | * Results: |
---|
6047 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
6048 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
6049 | * |
---|
6050 | * Side effects: |
---|
6051 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "variable" command at |
---|
6052 | * runtime. |
---|
6053 | * |
---|
6054 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
6055 | */ |
---|
6056 | |
---|
6057 | int |
---|
6058 | TclCompileVariableCmd( |
---|
6059 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
6060 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
6061 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
6062 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
6063 | * compiled. */ |
---|
6064 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
6065 | { |
---|
6066 | Tcl_Token *varTokenPtr, *valueTokenPtr; |
---|
6067 | int localIndex, numWords, i; |
---|
6068 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
6069 | |
---|
6070 | numWords = parsePtr->numWords; |
---|
6071 | if (numWords < 2) { |
---|
6072 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6073 | } |
---|
6074 | |
---|
6075 | /* |
---|
6076 | * Bail out if not compiling a proc body |
---|
6077 | */ |
---|
6078 | |
---|
6079 | if (envPtr->procPtr == NULL) { |
---|
6080 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6081 | } |
---|
6082 | |
---|
6083 | /* |
---|
6084 | * Loop over the (var, value) pairs. |
---|
6085 | */ |
---|
6086 | |
---|
6087 | valueTokenPtr = parsePtr->tokenPtr; |
---|
6088 | for(i=2; i<=numWords; i+=2) { |
---|
6089 | varTokenPtr = TokenAfter(valueTokenPtr); |
---|
6090 | valueTokenPtr = TokenAfter(varTokenPtr); |
---|
6091 | |
---|
6092 | localIndex = IndexTailVarIfKnown(interp, varTokenPtr, envPtr); |
---|
6093 | |
---|
6094 | if(localIndex < 0) { |
---|
6095 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6096 | } |
---|
6097 | |
---|
6098 | CompileWord(envPtr, varTokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
6099 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_VARIABLE, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
6100 | |
---|
6101 | if (i != numWords) { |
---|
6102 | /* |
---|
6103 | * A value has been given: set the variable, pop the value |
---|
6104 | */ |
---|
6105 | |
---|
6106 | CompileWord(envPtr, valueTokenPtr, interp, 1); |
---|
6107 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_STORE_SCALAR4, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
6108 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_POP, envPtr); |
---|
6109 | } |
---|
6110 | } |
---|
6111 | |
---|
6112 | /* |
---|
6113 | * Set the result to empty |
---|
6114 | */ |
---|
6115 | |
---|
6116 | PushLiteral(envPtr, "", 0); |
---|
6117 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
6118 | } |
---|
6119 | |
---|
6120 | /* |
---|
6121 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
6122 | * |
---|
6123 | * TclCompileEnsemble -- |
---|
6124 | * |
---|
6125 | * Procedure called to compile an ensemble command. Note that most |
---|
6126 | * ensembles are not compiled, since modifying a compiled ensemble causes |
---|
6127 | * a invalidation of all existing bytecode (expensive!) which is not |
---|
6128 | * normally warranted. |
---|
6129 | * |
---|
6130 | * Results: |
---|
6131 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
6132 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
6133 | * |
---|
6134 | * Side effects: |
---|
6135 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the subcommands of the |
---|
6136 | * ensemble at runtime if a compile-time mapping is possible. |
---|
6137 | * |
---|
6138 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
6139 | */ |
---|
6140 | |
---|
6141 | int |
---|
6142 | TclCompileEnsemble( |
---|
6143 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
6144 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
6145 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
6146 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
6147 | * compiled. */ |
---|
6148 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
6149 | { |
---|
6150 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
6151 | Tcl_Obj *mapObj, *subcmdObj, *targetCmdObj, *listObj, **elems; |
---|
6152 | Tcl_Command ensemble = (Tcl_Command) cmdPtr; |
---|
6153 | Tcl_Parse synthetic; |
---|
6154 | int len, numBytes, result, flags = 0, i; |
---|
6155 | const char *word; |
---|
6156 | |
---|
6157 | if (parsePtr->numWords < 2) { |
---|
6158 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6159 | } |
---|
6160 | |
---|
6161 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
6162 | if (tokenPtr->type != TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD) { |
---|
6163 | /* |
---|
6164 | * Too hard. |
---|
6165 | */ |
---|
6166 | |
---|
6167 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6168 | } |
---|
6169 | |
---|
6170 | word = tokenPtr[1].start; |
---|
6171 | numBytes = tokenPtr[1].size; |
---|
6172 | |
---|
6173 | /* |
---|
6174 | * There's a sporting chance we'll be able to compile this. But now we |
---|
6175 | * must check properly. To do that, check that we're compiling an ensemble |
---|
6176 | * that has a compilable command as its appropriate subcommand. |
---|
6177 | */ |
---|
6178 | |
---|
6179 | if (Tcl_GetEnsembleMappingDict(NULL, ensemble, &mapObj) != TCL_OK |
---|
6180 | || mapObj == NULL) { |
---|
6181 | /* |
---|
6182 | * Either not an ensemble or a mapping isn't installed. Crud. Too hard |
---|
6183 | * to proceed. |
---|
6184 | */ |
---|
6185 | |
---|
6186 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6187 | } |
---|
6188 | |
---|
6189 | /* |
---|
6190 | * Next, get the flags. We need them on several code paths. |
---|
6191 | */ |
---|
6192 | |
---|
6193 | (void) Tcl_GetEnsembleFlags(NULL, ensemble, &flags); |
---|
6194 | |
---|
6195 | /* |
---|
6196 | * Check to see if there's also a subcommand list; must check to see if |
---|
6197 | * the subcommand we are calling is in that list if it exists, since that |
---|
6198 | * list filters the entries in the map. |
---|
6199 | */ |
---|
6200 | |
---|
6201 | (void) Tcl_GetEnsembleSubcommandList(NULL, ensemble, &listObj); |
---|
6202 | if (listObj != NULL) { |
---|
6203 | int sclen; |
---|
6204 | const char *str; |
---|
6205 | Tcl_Obj *matchObj = NULL; |
---|
6206 | |
---|
6207 | if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, listObj, &len, &elems) != TCL_OK) { |
---|
6208 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6209 | } |
---|
6210 | for (i=0 ; i<len ; i++) { |
---|
6211 | str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(elems[i], &sclen); |
---|
6212 | if (sclen==numBytes && !memcmp(word, str, (unsigned) numBytes)) { |
---|
6213 | /* |
---|
6214 | * Exact match! Excellent! |
---|
6215 | */ |
---|
6216 | |
---|
6217 | result = Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, mapObj,elems[i], &targetCmdObj); |
---|
6218 | if (result != TCL_OK || targetCmdObj == NULL) { |
---|
6219 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6220 | } |
---|
6221 | goto doneMapLookup; |
---|
6222 | } |
---|
6223 | |
---|
6224 | /* |
---|
6225 | * Check to see if we've got a prefix match. A single prefix match |
---|
6226 | * is fine, and allows us to refine our dictionary lookup, but |
---|
6227 | * multiple prefix matches is a Bad Thing and will prevent us from |
---|
6228 | * making progress. Note that we cannot do the lookup immediately |
---|
6229 | * in the prefix case; might be another entry later in the list |
---|
6230 | * that causes things to fail. |
---|
6231 | */ |
---|
6232 | |
---|
6233 | if ((flags & TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX) |
---|
6234 | && strncmp(word, str, (unsigned) numBytes) == 0) { |
---|
6235 | if (matchObj != NULL) { |
---|
6236 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6237 | } |
---|
6238 | matchObj = elems[i]; |
---|
6239 | } |
---|
6240 | } |
---|
6241 | if (matchObj != NULL) { |
---|
6242 | result = Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, mapObj, matchObj, &targetCmdObj); |
---|
6243 | if (result != TCL_OK || targetCmdObj == NULL) { |
---|
6244 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6245 | } |
---|
6246 | goto doneMapLookup; |
---|
6247 | } |
---|
6248 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6249 | } else { |
---|
6250 | /* |
---|
6251 | * No map, so check the dictionary directly. |
---|
6252 | */ |
---|
6253 | |
---|
6254 | TclNewStringObj(subcmdObj, word, numBytes); |
---|
6255 | result = Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, mapObj, subcmdObj, &targetCmdObj); |
---|
6256 | TclDecrRefCount(subcmdObj); |
---|
6257 | if (result == TCL_OK && targetCmdObj != NULL) { |
---|
6258 | /* |
---|
6259 | * Got it. Skip the fiddling around with prefixes. |
---|
6260 | */ |
---|
6261 | |
---|
6262 | goto doneMapLookup; |
---|
6263 | } |
---|
6264 | |
---|
6265 | /* |
---|
6266 | * We've not literally got a valid subcommand. But maybe we have a |
---|
6267 | * prefix. Check if prefix matches are allowed. |
---|
6268 | */ |
---|
6269 | |
---|
6270 | if (flags & TCL_ENSEMBLE_PREFIX) { |
---|
6271 | Tcl_DictSearch s; |
---|
6272 | int done, matched; |
---|
6273 | Tcl_Obj *tmpObj; |
---|
6274 | |
---|
6275 | /* |
---|
6276 | * Iterate over the keys in the dictionary, checking to see if |
---|
6277 | * we're a prefix. |
---|
6278 | */ |
---|
6279 | |
---|
6280 | Tcl_DictObjFirst(NULL,mapObj,&s,&subcmdObj,&tmpObj,&done); |
---|
6281 | matched = 0; |
---|
6282 | while (!done) { |
---|
6283 | if (strncmp(TclGetString(subcmdObj), word, |
---|
6284 | (unsigned) numBytes) == 0) { |
---|
6285 | if (matched++) { |
---|
6286 | /* |
---|
6287 | * Must have matched twice! Not unique, so no point |
---|
6288 | * looking further. |
---|
6289 | */ |
---|
6290 | |
---|
6291 | break; |
---|
6292 | } |
---|
6293 | targetCmdObj = tmpObj; |
---|
6294 | } |
---|
6295 | Tcl_DictObjNext(&s, &subcmdObj, &tmpObj, &done); |
---|
6296 | } |
---|
6297 | Tcl_DictObjDone(&s); |
---|
6298 | |
---|
6299 | /* |
---|
6300 | * If we have anything other than a single match, we've failed the |
---|
6301 | * unique prefix check. |
---|
6302 | */ |
---|
6303 | |
---|
6304 | if (matched != 1) { |
---|
6305 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6306 | } |
---|
6307 | } else { |
---|
6308 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6309 | } |
---|
6310 | } |
---|
6311 | |
---|
6312 | /* |
---|
6313 | * OK, we definitely map to something. But what? |
---|
6314 | * |
---|
6315 | * The command we map to is the first word out of the map element. Note |
---|
6316 | * that we also reject dealing with multi-element rewrites if we are in a |
---|
6317 | * safe interpreter, as there is otherwise a (highly gnarly!) way to make |
---|
6318 | * Tcl crash open to exploit. |
---|
6319 | */ |
---|
6320 | |
---|
6321 | doneMapLookup: |
---|
6322 | if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, targetCmdObj, &len, &elems) != TCL_OK) { |
---|
6323 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6324 | } |
---|
6325 | if (len > 1 && Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { |
---|
6326 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6327 | } |
---|
6328 | targetCmdObj = elems[0]; |
---|
6329 | |
---|
6330 | Tcl_IncrRefCount(targetCmdObj); |
---|
6331 | cmdPtr = (Command *) Tcl_GetCommandFromObj(interp, targetCmdObj); |
---|
6332 | TclDecrRefCount(targetCmdObj); |
---|
6333 | if (cmdPtr == NULL || cmdPtr->compileProc == NULL) { |
---|
6334 | /* |
---|
6335 | * Maps to an undefined command or a command without a compiler. |
---|
6336 | * Cannot compile. |
---|
6337 | */ |
---|
6338 | |
---|
6339 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6340 | } |
---|
6341 | |
---|
6342 | /* |
---|
6343 | * Now we've done the mapping process, can now actually try to compile. |
---|
6344 | * We do this by handing off to the subcommand's actual compiler. But to |
---|
6345 | * do that, we have to perform some trickery to rewrite the arguments. |
---|
6346 | */ |
---|
6347 | |
---|
6348 | TclParseInit(interp, NULL, 0, &synthetic); |
---|
6349 | synthetic.numWords = parsePtr->numWords - 2 + len; |
---|
6350 | TclGrowParseTokenArray(&synthetic, 2*len); |
---|
6351 | synthetic.numTokens = 2*len; |
---|
6352 | |
---|
6353 | /* |
---|
6354 | * Now we have the space to work in, install something rewritten. Note |
---|
6355 | * that we are here praying for all our might that none of these words are |
---|
6356 | * a script; the error detection code will crash if that happens and there |
---|
6357 | * is nothing we can do to avoid it! |
---|
6358 | */ |
---|
6359 | |
---|
6360 | for (i=0 ; i<len ; i++) { |
---|
6361 | int sclen; |
---|
6362 | const char *str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(elems[i], &sclen); |
---|
6363 | |
---|
6364 | synthetic.tokenPtr[2*i].type = TCL_TOKEN_SIMPLE_WORD; |
---|
6365 | synthetic.tokenPtr[2*i].start = str; |
---|
6366 | synthetic.tokenPtr[2*i].size = sclen; |
---|
6367 | synthetic.tokenPtr[2*i].numComponents = 1; |
---|
6368 | |
---|
6369 | synthetic.tokenPtr[2*i+1].type = TCL_TOKEN_TEXT; |
---|
6370 | synthetic.tokenPtr[2*i+1].start = str; |
---|
6371 | synthetic.tokenPtr[2*i+1].size = sclen; |
---|
6372 | synthetic.tokenPtr[2*i+1].numComponents = 0; |
---|
6373 | } |
---|
6374 | |
---|
6375 | /* |
---|
6376 | * Copy over the real argument tokens. |
---|
6377 | */ |
---|
6378 | |
---|
6379 | for (i=len; i<synthetic.numWords; i++) { |
---|
6380 | int toCopy; |
---|
6381 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(tokenPtr); |
---|
6382 | toCopy = tokenPtr->numComponents + 1; |
---|
6383 | TclGrowParseTokenArray(&synthetic, toCopy); |
---|
6384 | memcpy(synthetic.tokenPtr + synthetic.numTokens, tokenPtr, |
---|
6385 | sizeof(Tcl_Token) * toCopy); |
---|
6386 | synthetic.numTokens += toCopy; |
---|
6387 | } |
---|
6388 | |
---|
6389 | /* |
---|
6390 | * Hand off compilation to the subcommand compiler. At last! |
---|
6391 | */ |
---|
6392 | |
---|
6393 | result = cmdPtr->compileProc(interp, &synthetic, cmdPtr, envPtr); |
---|
6394 | |
---|
6395 | /* |
---|
6396 | * Clean up if necessary. |
---|
6397 | */ |
---|
6398 | |
---|
6399 | Tcl_FreeParse(&synthetic); |
---|
6400 | return result; |
---|
6401 | } |
---|
6402 | |
---|
6403 | /* |
---|
6404 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
6405 | * |
---|
6406 | * TclCompileInfoExistsCmd -- |
---|
6407 | * |
---|
6408 | * Procedure called to compile the "info exists" subcommand. |
---|
6409 | * |
---|
6410 | * Results: |
---|
6411 | * Returns TCL_OK for a successful compile. Returns TCL_ERROR to defer |
---|
6412 | * evaluation to runtime. |
---|
6413 | * |
---|
6414 | * Side effects: |
---|
6415 | * Instructions are added to envPtr to execute the "info exists" |
---|
6416 | * subcommand at runtime. |
---|
6417 | * |
---|
6418 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
---|
6419 | */ |
---|
6420 | |
---|
6421 | int |
---|
6422 | TclCompileInfoExistsCmd( |
---|
6423 | Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ |
---|
6424 | Tcl_Parse *parsePtr, /* Points to a parse structure for the command |
---|
6425 | * created by Tcl_ParseCommand. */ |
---|
6426 | Command *cmdPtr, /* Points to defintion of command being |
---|
6427 | * compiled. */ |
---|
6428 | CompileEnv *envPtr) /* Holds resulting instructions. */ |
---|
6429 | { |
---|
6430 | Tcl_Token *tokenPtr; |
---|
6431 | int isScalar, simpleVarName, localIndex; |
---|
6432 | DefineLineInformation; /* TIP #280 */ |
---|
6433 | |
---|
6434 | if (parsePtr->numWords != 2) { |
---|
6435 | return TCL_ERROR; |
---|
6436 | } |
---|
6437 | |
---|
6438 | /* |
---|
6439 | * Decide if we can use a frame slot for the var/array name or if we need |
---|
6440 | * to emit code to compute and push the name at runtime. We use a frame |
---|
6441 | * slot (entry in the array of local vars) if we are compiling a procedure |
---|
6442 | * body and if the name is simple text that does not include namespace |
---|
6443 | * qualifiers. |
---|
6444 | */ |
---|
6445 | |
---|
6446 | tokenPtr = TokenAfter(parsePtr->tokenPtr); |
---|
6447 | PushVarName(interp, tokenPtr, envPtr, TCL_CREATE_VAR, &localIndex, |
---|
6448 | &simpleVarName, &isScalar, mapPtr->loc[eclIndex].line[1]); |
---|
6449 | |
---|
6450 | /* |
---|
6451 | * Emit instruction to check the variable for existence. |
---|
6452 | */ |
---|
6453 | |
---|
6454 | if (simpleVarName) { |
---|
6455 | if (isScalar) { |
---|
6456 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
6457 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_EXIST_STK, envPtr); |
---|
6458 | } else { |
---|
6459 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_EXIST_SCALAR, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
6460 | } |
---|
6461 | } else { |
---|
6462 | if (localIndex < 0) { |
---|
6463 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_EXIST_ARRAY_STK, envPtr); |
---|
6464 | } else { |
---|
6465 | TclEmitInstInt4(INST_EXIST_ARRAY, localIndex, envPtr); |
---|
6466 | } |
---|
6467 | } |
---|
6468 | } else { |
---|
6469 | TclEmitOpcode(INST_EXIST_STK, envPtr); |
---|
6470 | } |
---|
6471 | |
---|
6472 | return TCL_OK; |
---|
6473 | } |
---|
6474 | |
---|
6475 | /* |
---|
6476 | * Local Variables: |
---|
6477 | * mode: c |
---|
6478 | * c-basic-offset: 4 |
---|
6479 | * fill-column: 78 |
---|
6480 | * End: |
---|
6481 | */ |
---|